Chapter 29 – Kill Him
July 17, 2024
Thanks for joining us for the second volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:
29 – Kill Him
“Has anyone seen Jay?” Mandy addresses the wider bunker, then parts the slits of the clean room to check in on Esquibel.
She is reading an official report of some kind, which she dismisses from her phone as Mandy enters. “Jay? Eh, no. I am sure he is out somewhere collecting Alonso’s million samples.”
“Yeah… That’s what I figured. That flake. He said he’d help me with my elevator idea today and I don’t know what I’m doing.”
Mandy enters the clean room and kneels beside Esquibel, kissing her temple and dragging her nails through the tight curls of her lover’s scalp. She rests her head on Esquibel’s shoulder. “So tired. I danced so hard last night. And now we’ve got an MDMA session set up for Alonso tonight. Poor me and all my excesses. Maybe instead of working on the elevator I should disco nap instead.”
“Yes, that is a good idea.” Esquibel turns to her laptop and opens a research paper that she has been meaning to study on the treatment of dermal fungal infections. “You go ahead and I’ll be in there soon. Rub your feet. Then I’ll wake you when he gets back.”
“Mm.” Mandy likes the sound of that. “You’re the sweetest. What are you working on?”
“I am starting to see an incidence in foot problems. My own, and Miriam has made a complaint. We may be picking up new types of infection from the sand and everything. We have no idea about the microbes here, despite Alonso and his Plexity. It doesn’t matter, all of the information it gives us, none of it can tell us yet if these new strains of fungus or bacteria will actually harm us, or how to treat them. Not even in a petri dish or a clinical setting, to say nothing of disease in the real world. No, Triquet…” Esquibel addresses their imagined presence, “the social sciences do not win. Medicine, biology, chemistry, and physics still rule us all.”
Mandy blinks at Esquibel. “Are you okay?”
Esquibel’s smile turns to glass and her insides go cold. There is something so incisive about the way Mandy asks that it seems to shine light into all her shadows. She pretends to misunderstand. “Oh, yes. It’s just a bit of itching and cracking between the toes. Frankly, it could be that the skin is getting dried out by the wind and saltwater that we are constantly exposing them to.”
“That’s good. But, no. I mean…” Mandy grasps for the words that might describe the dissonant vibe coming off Esquibel. It’s something she’s noticed more and more over the last… three days? Four? Something is bothering Skeebee and she isn’t letting on. Mandy shakes her head. “If you were having any problems, you’d like share them with me, right? You wouldn’t be the protective big sister or anything to protect my feelings, would you?”
“No.” Esquibel covers Mandy’s hand with her own. “I mean, yes. I wouldn’t hide things from you, Mandy. Not anything I’m… required not to. But that’s just military stuff. Nothing to do with you. With us. I guess if you’re sensing anything it’s just that I wish I had more to do. I’m happy to take samples for the project all day every day but it just seems…” Esquibel shrugs. “It is something that a grad student could do. Most of my skills remain… unused.”
“Ooo, what kinds of skills? Are you like a, what do they call them, a general practitioner? Sorry I’ve never asked. Almost all the doctors I know are specialists but you haven’t mentioned any…”
“If you recall, I was always interested in surgery so that has become my specialty. Combat medicine. Field surgery. Pulling bullets and shrapnel out of muscle and bone. But we do not get very many of those injuries when we are not at war. So it is a lot of training and simulation. So, yes. I am, for the most part, a GP like you thought. Dispensing Tylenol and referring sailors to physical therapists and psychologists. You, know, the real fun stuff.”
“God, are they scared of you? I bet they must be scared of you, coming to you with their problems.”
“What do you mean?” This is a safer conversation and Esquibel giggles, reminding herself how much she loves Mandy. “I am an excellent doctor.”
“You’re just so fierce. Nobody would want to tell you their problems. I can’t imagine wondering if I had, like, chlamydia and having to talk to judgmental old Doctor Daine about it. You’d probably yell at them for not wearing condoms.”
“Of course I would! That is my job! And these aren’t normal civilians you have to coddle. They are military personnel. I give them orders. They follow them or get written up. It is… very different from this situation here.”
Mandy laughs at her. “That’s what I thought, you big bully.” She cups Esquibel’s sculpted cheek in her hand. “It’s good to see you laugh. Don’t forget to.” Then Mandy kisses her marvelous full lips and stands. “Off to find someone, anyone who might help me figure out my elevator.”
“Yes, but after your nap. I’ll be right there.” Esquibel watches Mandy’s lithe form slip away, overwhelming fondness rushing through her. She is the heart of what Esquibel fights for, the prize who is easily worth all the sacrifices. As long as Mandy and all these other dear ones remain safe, Esquibel doesn’t mind whatever eventually happens to her own self. As Mandy’s brown and black silhouette dissolves in the semi-opaque plastic sheet of the clean room, Esquibel chuckles sadly. Because, make no mistake, there will be no happy fairy-tale ending for me.
In the bunker, Mandy finds Katrina at the work tables. She leans over the golden girl and rests her chin in the notch of her clavicle. Katrina, deep in a column of Python, absently reaches back and pats her head. The soft sheen of the long hair identifies who it is. “Mmm. Mandy Dandy.”
“Katrina, my dream-a.” Mandy kisses her ear and sits back. “Sorry to interrupt. You haven’t seen Jay, have you?”
“Noper.” Katrina just wants to resolve this last bit of logic before she tears her attention away. “Maybe he’s, uh, fishing?”
“Oh! That’s a good thought. Hey, we need to talk about our upcoming session tonight sometime. Coordinate some things, I figure. Let me know when you’re free.” Mandy kisses her again, unable to get enough of the feeling of Katrina’s soft skin against her lips. Her smell. She kisses the edge of her hairline one last time.
“Mm.” Katrina waves in the air, wanting Mandy to feel seen and heard, but she is already gone.
Through the door and across a mostly empty camp, with only Alonso and Flavia working on their laptops in silence, Mandy shuffles through and onto the beach. She crosses to the redwood trunk and scales it, squinting against a band of silver-white afternoon light against the horizon. It’s almost easy to forget there’s this huge, impossibly vast ocean out here. Mandy realizes that the redwood trunk falling across the beach and blocking their view of relentless infinity has done wonders for them. It’s allowed them to turn inward and get to know each other. It’s like some kooky feng shui principle. All their energy was leaking out into the open sea before, lost to this cold uncaring oblivion. Now they can conserve it and build something here. Hopefully… an elevator!
On the beach, Maahjabeen helps Pradeep haul the kayaks free of the lagoon’s lapping tides. He swoons and falls to his knees. Oh, no! What’s wrong with Pradeep? She scrambles down toward them. There’s no sign of Jay, not on the sand or in the shallows. Maybe he’s hiding in the little lean-to beside her, taking the nap that Mandy is fighting so hard against.
She drops onto the sand and finds the driftwood lean-to empty, although a blue fleece blanket almost entirely covered in sand has survived at least one high tide. Mandy pulls it out and twists the seawater out of it. She hurries toward Maahjabeen and Pradeep. “Hey there. Are you guys okay? How’s the water?”
Maahjabeen laughs, a short unhappy bark. “Very cold. Very… adventurous.”
“We fell asleep on this pocket beach over there.” Pradeep points east, along the coast beyond the sea cave entrance. “Got hit by a wave. Totally doused. Still feel…” He shakes his head, eyes blank.
Maahjabeen pulls the blanket from Mandy’s hands a little too roughly. It is evidence of a tryst she needs to hide. “Thank you. Sorry. I left it in there and forgot it.” She tosses it into the hatch of the kayak and drags it further up the beach. “Ehh. So hungry.”
“Yeah, I really need something warm. Has Jay cooked any more feasts today?” Pradeep moves like a zombie, his limbs stiff.
“I can’t find him! I hoped he was down here fishing.”
“Probably in the trees somewhere like a… simian.” Pradeep stumbles and drops his kayak. “Woo-ooo. I’m sorry. I can’t seem to… I think I might be getting sick.” Pradeep stands again, face ashen, and takes a deep breath, trying to marshal his reserves.
“Oh, no!” Mandy hurries to him and relieves him of the plastic handle at the yellow kayak’s prow. She hauls on it, following Maahjabeen around the end of the trunk in the woods.
Pradeep shuffles behind.
“How can he be sick?” Mandy asks Maahjabeen as she catches up to her. “There’s no new bugs on this island, nobody to even catch anything from.”
“I don’t know, but it is my fault.” Maahjabeen seems more upset about this than Mandy thought she’d be. “I felt the water hit but I kept sleeping. We both did. I should have realized what was happening and gotten him up earlier. But of course we were so far apart from each other, sleeping nearly on opposite sides of the beach, really. Now it is a shock to his system I think. Exposure or something. Maybe Esquibel should look at him. Ugh. So stupid!”
Maahjabeen lets her anger at herself fuel her march through the sand, which is difficult when she is so tired and hungry. She finally deposits Aziz under the big platform and directs Mandy to do the same with Firewater. But Pradeep struggles through the sand to get to them. Throwing caution to the wind, Maahjabeen hurries to him and puts an arm around his shoulder to support him as they make their way to the bunker and Esquibel in the clean room.
Mandy watches them go. There’s a whole host of strange vibes coming off them, enough to make whatever is afflicting Esquibel seem innocuous. When did everyone start getting so mysterious? She thought they’d reached some kind of transparency and fellowship here in the last few days. Mandy shrugs, letting it go. Who ever even knows with Maahjabeen? She’s always unhappy about something. “And I still haven’t found Jay!”
Ξ
“Now this is more like it.” Jay thinks he may have rediscovered the trail taken by the pollen people on this downward slope into a small canyon. It’s no more than a game trail but at least he can convince himself the depressions in the soft soil were made by human feet.
Tracking them was easy at first. The pollen of their masks left a trail like magic fairy dust, at least for the first few hundred paces. But as the woods grew more dense and the trunks of the fir trees crowded together into a gloomy, witchy canopy no more than a meter off the ground, the golden dust appeared less and less frequently until it disappeared entirely.
At the edge of the thicket Jay had to make a guess, dropping onto all fours and crawling through a dense stand. His backpack off, pushing it ahead of himself through the low passage, he was quite certain he’d lost his quarry when he spied one last faint streak of pollen on a branch above.
That led to the slope and this little hidden canyon. It is a cleft in a limestone cliff hidden by black oaks. There are no more signs or tracks leading to it but this must be where they headed. It’s that or they scaled the vertical cliffs and he sees no way to do that.
“Into the mouth of the monster.” Jay reads too much fantasy to think about this in any way other than epic adventure. Gird thyself for battle, young hero. But what kind? He’s never seen himself as like a classic fighter type. He’s more of a druid or a ranger. He’d like carry a spear and speak with the animals. If there was any magic in the world at all, he’d be a ranger of the mountains, sand, and sea. Ensconced in his daydream, he pushes his way through a stiff stand of ceanothus, preparing himself for conflict. Maybe he should get his knife out. Or at least keep it handy. “Bah. Who am I kidding? I’m not a fighter or a ranger or anything like that.” Jay takes out his phone instead. “I’m a wizard.”
Now he pauses at the entrance to the canyon. He really doesn’t want to surprise anyone. Not after his last interaction. He’d get his ass feathered with a dozen arrows before he took a step. “Actually, haven’t seen any bows and arrows. It’s all spears and nets so far. Wonder why? Whoa… Uh. Ding dong.” Jay has stepped between the sheltering trees into the canyon to find a lovely little glen, filled with madrone trees and butterflies and wildflowers. “So beautiful.” Jay brushes a hand over the flowers and inspects his palm. Next to no pollen. So, they must have played their games here first before going further afield. What is that all about, anyway? “Some kind of… spring festival? Rite of passage? Pollen collection service? Hello? Anyone home…?”
Jay edges his way into the glen, keeping up his nonsensical chatter. He’s never seen irises so gigantic, with varieties he’s pretty sure exist nowhere else. Also, the luxuriant dark green ferns have a weird extra bend in their sprouting fiddleheads. Neat. He might get something named after himself here after all. But stop goggling at everything, you dope. Now is not the time to do fieldwork.
He parts the fronds of the ferns to push deeper into the glen. “Guys? I just have questions, more than anything. What’s all that pollen for? And were those hunters gonna spear you too? Or are you like part of their tribe? Sorry if tribe isn’t the right word…”
A small grove of mature redwoods stands at the head of the canyon, hoarding nearly all the water and leaving a meager muddy stream for the rest of the glen. There is no sign of human presence or activity anywhere he looks. It remains entirely untouched. Despite his anxieties over being lost in what appears to be enemy territory, Jay allows himself a pleased smile. Alone in nature, getting up to trouble. That’s been his whole life. And it’s just so got damn beautiful in here. If this is where he dies, so be it.
Jay steps into the fairy ring of the redwoods and pulls up short. “What the…?” There is a ragged pit at his feet, leading down into darkness. The roots of the redwoods have been manipulated around it over the decades in an irregular woven ring. He drops to his knees, to make out recent disturbances in the duff from several pairs of feet. This is it. He did it. He tracked them all the way back. “To what, though? What is this?”
Jay turns on his phone’s light and shines it into the hole. “No way. That’s impossible. Isn’t it?” The light shines on the rusted steel structure of a ladder’s top rungs. He inches closer and tilts his phone further down, careful not to hold it directly above the hole in case he drops it. Yeah, that’s a long ladder alright. Dropping way way down into pitch blackness.
Jay rolls back onto his heels. “Well. That’s creepy as shit. But what am I going to do? Sit here and wait for the hunters to track me down? No way. I bet this is another one of those uncrossable borders, like, between these people and the others. Like we got the river as a border between the two villages, right? A super strong border. Cause who in their right minds would go down this thing unless they know what’s at the bottom?” He takes a deep breath, surprised how disappointed he is to find an artifact of the modern world here in this wilderness. “Yeah… Just when I’d thought I was getting away from all the madness of civilization.” As he talks he senses a bit of white noise from the vegetation on the far side of the redwoods, further up the glen but heading close. When he stops talking the noise also stops.
The hunters. They’re coming.
Jay shivers and pulls his pack back on. “Yeah. Okay. Fuck. That didn’t take long. Oh, well. It’s been a nice life. Bit short, but at least I got to discover some plants.” And then, holding his breath like a scuba diver rolling off a boat, Jay thrusts his legs through the hole and starts climbing down the rungs as fast as he safely can.
He counts his steps, eyes squeezed shut. When he gets to thirty he realizes he’s still holding his breath. He lets it out in a silent stream, unwilling now to give any more clues to the hunters above where he may have headed. Not that there’s any doubt where he went.
After just two more steps he finds himself on a concrete shelf. The hole mouth is a small gray opening far above. He wants to move away from it as fast as he can but he isn’t sure how. He feels forward with his feet, hoping against hope that the hunters’ heads don’t appear in the hole above.
The shelf is narrow with a sharp drop off, only a meter wide. Jay edges away from the ladder and the hole above, feeling with his hands along the dirty concrete wall at his back. What in the ever-loving Cold War of his grandparents is all this concrete doing down here? Just how many wildernesses around the world did those busy bastards ruin? Looks like the answer is all of them.
His fingers reach the flaking rust of a steel frame. A doorway. And it’s wet for some reason. If he ducks through then he’ll be out of sight of the hole above and he can use his phone’s light.
The door is smaller than he estimated and his pack gets caught on a ragged piece of steel. It tears the ripstop nylon a bit before the old rusted flake falls off with a clatter.
Cursing under his breath, Jay kicks the bit of metal through the door and carefully feels his way along the frame where his pack caught. He doesn’t want to leave any fibers in the frame for trackers to find. That’s what he’d be doing, if he was hunting himself. He’d be looking at all these choke points for any bits and bobs of hair or cloth.
Now he’s through and his hands are shaking. His breath’s a bit ragged too. “Turns out,” Jay whispers to himself, “it’s hella stressful to get hunted in the dark. Who knew?”
He lifts his phone and turns on his light. “Holy smokes.”
Jay stands in a grand curving tunnel. The tunnel has rails and a couple small derelict carts pushed up against the end of the line to his right. Like mine carts but with specific fasteners and brackets atop. Long unused. Like decades. “Are they even American…?” Jay wipes the grime from one cart, looking for serial numbers or anything. He can only find a few raised symbols at the base of the steel brackets, but those could belong to anyone.
“Damn, I don’t want to be down here with all this industrial crap. I want to be outside.” He stands unhappily in the middle of the tunnel, looking back and forth over and over. “You know, where I can be spitted like a pig and they can nail my hide to the front gate as a warning to all others.”
Jay sighs unhappily, cinches his waistbelt tight, and marches resolutely down the curving tunnel to his left.
Ξ
“Gah, I need a better shaker table for the amount of material we’re talking about here. Something bigger and automated. This little tray is taking forever!” Miriam stands back from her worksite at the far edge of the camp, and tilts the corner of the multi-layered tray into a plastic cup, where a fine sand has been separated from the dross. “I got one reading from the Dyson reader with a dry sample but I should see what a wet one does.”
Triquet stands to the side, leaning on a shovel, trying to recall what motors they might have on hand that could be repurposed into an automatic shaker. “We just need one really good vibrator strapped to one of the legs. We should ask everyone.”
Miriam wasn’t listening closely. She makes a shocked face. “Uh, what? A vibrator? Whose legs?”
“No. To the table leg. Get your mind out of the gutter, you catty old thing. I’m just trying to figure out your problem.”
“Ohh. Not a terrible idea. Who do you think might have one?”
“Well. If I was a betting person, First I’d bet on myself. But…” Triquet flutters a modest hand over their chest, “it is one of my regrets that I did not bring with me the toy I affectionately refer to as my bone flute. There wasn’t any room in my bag and I thought we’d be in more dorm-like sleeping arrangements so…”
Miriam is unable to stop laughing. She needs to sit, holding a hand in front of her mouth. “Oh my god, Triq. You just rocked my world. If I ever hear the phrase ‘bone flute’ again I’ll probably wet my pants.”
“Well, what do you call yours in Ireland? Your… your tea and crumpets? Your bangers and mash?”
Now Miriam is laughing so hard she can hardly breathe. “Stop! Stop! I’m already dead!”
“So, then, definitely not me. I’d say you and Amy are up there in terms of vibrator candidates. Everyone knows how you old ladies love playing with your cootchies.”
Miriam’s laugh turns rueful. “Well, I can’t answer for Ames, but I haven’t… I mean, I kind of went cold for a few years. It was all too emotional and intimate so I just threw myself into my work…”
“Wait. Girl. Are you telling me you’re not taking care of yourself? Tell me. When was the last time you had an orgasm?”
Miriam blushes. “Uh, two nights ago? No, don’t worry about me. Alonso is a very considerate lover. Very. But it’s true, there was a long dry spell, there. And I do mean dry.”
“Oh, you poor thing. So no for Miriam. Yeah, and I don’t think I know Amy well enough to ask her. Despite all that bubbly cheer she’s actually quite private, isn’t she?”
“Oh, yes, that’s her mask. The bubblier she gets the more upset she is. She can never figure out how I know, but when she’s gotten me a third cup of tea in five minutes I can tell she’s upset.”
“The tea! Seriously. What is up with that? Okay. Well. We’ll skip her. My next guess would be Jay. He probably puts all kinds of things up his butt. What? Don’t you think?”
But Miriam is laughing too hard again. “Or, god, Pradeep. If he has one it’s probably made of ice or something.”
“Ice pick as vibrator. Dangerous but exciting. Yeah, he’s a weird one. Not sure he’s ever touched himself, or had anyone touch him. I wonder if he’s still a virgin.”
“Him and Flavia and—”
“No, there’s no way, sister. I don’t think Italian women are even virgins when they’re born. Ew. Wait. Sorry. That came out wrong. They’re just so… worldly. I just think that Flavia has such a math brain that she can’t be bothered to have sex with a human being. Maybe her vibrator is like an entire robot that she’s constantly re-programming to get her off better.”
“Who’s left? I can’t imagine Katrina even needs one.”
Triquet makes a judicious face. “No, that chick is like a walking vibrator. Just being near her gets everyone hot and bothered. Imagine what living a day in her shoes would be like.”
Miriam sighs. “Exhausting! No, I doubt there are any vibrators here. If Mandy and Esquibel are using any then I can’t in good conscience take their toys away.”
“Not without washing them at least.”
They laugh again, until Miriam is wiping the tears away. She hugs Triquet. “Oh, thank you so much, dear Doctor. I haven’t had such a good laugh in ages. God… Now that I’m climbing out of my hole I’m seeing how deep and dark it was. But no more holes!”
“Well, especially if there aren’t any vibrators around…”
They laugh even more. Miriam pushes herself away from the worksite, exhausted by the problem-solving and the labor. “And just like that, it’s dinner time. Come wash up with me, Triq-star.”
“Ooo, I like that.” Triquet strikes a pose. “I am the Triq Star. Falling down from above. Like some David Bowie character.”
“Did I ever tell you about the time I saw Bowie live?”
“Oh my GOD I’m just going to cut open your skull and take like a bath in all your memories.” Triquet grabs Miriam’s head and playfully squeezes it. “Was it Ziggy Stardust? Please tell me it was Ziggy. Although if it was, oh my god, I’d have to kill you.”
“No. It was in the 80s. The Let’s Dance tour. So much fun. I dressed as his Little China Girl for Halloween one year. Christ. Can’t believe how racist that is now…”
“Uh, where is everyone?” They’ve made their way to the wash basin at the kitchen tables in camp. But the platforms and tents are all empty. “We weren’t that far away, were we? Are they in the…? Hello?” Triquet opens the door to the bunker.
Everyone is in there. Alonso and Amy, Katrina and Flavia and Maahjabeen, who looks like she’s been crying. They all stare at the clean room, where Esquibel and Mandy’s blurry figures bend over Pradeep’s prone form.
Miriam’s carefree smile fades as she enters. Alonso reaches out to her. His face is a storm. “Ah, Mirrie. Please.”
“What? What is it, Zo?”
He kisses her hands over and over, tears in his eyes. “Pradeep. He-he just suffered a cardiac arrest.”
“He WHAT?” Miriam cries out in grief, her knees buckling.
Triquet is struck dumb. Their face closes and their spine folds, as if they’ve been punched in the gut.
“Is he…? I mean…?” Miriam can’t say the words.
“Esquibel has stabilized him.” Amy’s voice is entirely without inflection. Miriam has never heard it sound like this before. “He’s out of danger now. She says.”
Miriam throws her arms around Amy, who can’t seem to find it in herself to respond. “But what happened? A heart attack? Really? But… how? He’s like twenty-four. Perfect health.”
“It was our nap on the beach.” Maahjabeen’s face is fearsome to behold. Her eyes are so sharp with pain Miriam can’t hold her gaze. “My fault. All my fault. I should have woken him sooner.”
“What, just some cold water…?” Miriam shakes her head. “But that doesn’t make any sense.”
“Yeah, I think he was maybe stung by something in the tides.” Amy says this quietly. Alonso and Katrina nod in support. “Urchin or sea snail or… But so far we can’t find any site on his skin where he might have…” She shrugs as Maahjabeen wails aloud in guilt.
“But… will he be okay?” Miriam’s voice is tiny, hopeful.
“We don’t know yet.” Alonso’s mood is as dark as it’s ever been. “We don’t know how long his brain had to go without oxygen. Hopefully no time at all but… We just don’t know.”
“No imaging equipment here,” Katrina murmurs. “Doc said she’s just got to go off visible symptoms and old-fashioned manual diagnoses. But right now she’s having him rest.”
A glottal sound is expelled from Pradeep’s throat and his body convulses. Esquibel raps out an order and Mandy holds him down. Maahjabeen wails again and Amy drops her head in anguish.
“I can’t get him to stop shaking.” Esquibel’s voice is a bit strident, out of patience. “If that happens again it’s recommended to put him in a medical coma, but I don’t have nearly the monitoring—”
Pradeep convulses again.
“No, Pradeep! Please! La tamutu, ‘ana ‘uhibuk jdaan!”
Katrina glances at Maahjabeen. She’s learned enough Arabic to know Maahjabeen has just professed aloud her love for Pradeep. But she doesn’t know if anyone else could translate her cry of grief. She doesn’t think so. Oh, what a tragedy.
Pradeep’s face twitches and he settles again. “Perhaps I will just try sedation. We can take turns watching his vitals. I will just try diphenhydramine first. Intra-muscular.” Esquibel opens a series of small plastic boxes, preparing the injection.
“Is that safe?” Alonso has always held the medical superstition that the longer a thing’s name is, the more dangerous it must be.
“Yes. It’s just Benadryl. They use it for outpatient procedures all the time. Like a colonoscopy. Very safe…” Esquibel bends over the form of Pradeep. He grunts, then his breath rattles in his throat. “Turn his head. Clear his… Here.” Esquibel puts down her implements and with a hooked finger pulls Pradeep’s tongue clear of his airway. “Such barbaric conditions. But there. He’s already doing better now.” She checks his wrist pulse with her fingertips while consulting her watch. “I think your guess about a neurotoxin from a marine creature is a good one, Amy. Even if we can’t find a site where it bit or stung him. Who knows? Maybe he ingested it. Either way, I just want to calm his nervous system down.”
“He didn’t eat anything.” Maahjabeen stands, unable to sit out here any longer without him. She approaches the clean room and parts the slit with her hand.
“Please don’t,” Esquibel tells her, holding up a hand. “It might be infectious. You might make him worse. Or he might infect you. I’m sorry, but we will let you know when you can…”
But Maahjabeen doesn’t wait to hear the rest of Esquibel’s official visitation policy. With a ragged sob, she turns and flees from the bunker.
“Gor blimey, we’ve been here, what? Four weeks?” Miriam shakes her head in wonder. “Who knew this place would be so dangerous?”
Ξ
“They say you don’t know what you don’t know…” Katrina and Mandy sit beside the creek, tossing pebbles in, “…but sometimes I think I don’t even know what I do know. You know?”
Mandy sighs. “No, I don’t know. I didn’t know very much before I came here. Just enough atmospheric science to make a career of it, maybe get a state or federal job in the next couple years. But now… I mean… I guess I know how to start a fire. Screw up a science mission. Turns out those are the only things I’m good at.”
“Don’t sell yourself short, babe.” Katrina playfully kicks Mandy’s foot. “You’re a world-class arsonist. Biggest fire this island’s ever seen. They could see that shit from space.”
“Ugggh. I can’t believe you’re teasing me about it. I thought you liked me. But you’re so mean.” Mandy kicks her back.
“I do like you, Mandy Dandy. You should hear what I say about people I hate.”
“Everyone thinks you’re just this sweet little Australian blonde girl, don’t they? But you’re a raging bitch under there, aren’t you?” Mandy holds up a hand to forestall any protest. “I mean, as a closet raging bitch myself…”
“Closet? You sure about that?” Katrina cocks her head to one side, closing one eye in a grimace of disbelief.
Mandy squeals in outrage and swats Katrina, who giggles, then sighs and checks the time on her phone. “Looks like I’m stood up.”
“What? Damn it, is the dude just like hiding from me at this point? What did I say to him?”
“Well, a closet bitch wouldn’t ever say anything bad, would they?”
Mandy swats Katrina again. “I wish I was like you. Get to work on anything you want, just following your brilliant little ideas. But I. Can’t. Do. Any. Work. Here and it’s driving me insane. I have like six thousand dollars worth of software on two pretty new laptops and I can’t use any of it. And everyone else is like earning Nobel prizes every day while I sit here picking my nose.”
“Maybe he meant 6pm California time. Which is probably more like 7pm. But where is he? He asked me to do him the favor. It wasn’t like I was pining for his attention.”
“No. God. How could you? Jay is so goofy. Even if I was into guys, I wouldn’t be able to even like finish a first date with him.”
“Aw, I think he’s cute. But he’s got the self-awareness of like a yellow lab. Definitely not husband material. But I bet you could have a killer spring break with him. I love surfer bodies. To me, that’s the ideal human shape. Male or female or whatever. Yum. I’m sorry. What were we talking about?”
“Oh my god,” Mandy curls a lip in distaste. “Are you crushing on Jay? I thought I respected you and your taste.”
“No! Not crushing at all, Mandy. I think maybe I just have a… less discriminating palate than you. Like you’re a super taster and I’m one of those chicks that just eats everything. If it looks good and it’s in front of me, then it’s all mine.”
Mandy giggles, tossing another rock in the stream. But her ego takes a hit. She thought Katrina felt the same way about Mandy as Mandy did about her. Now Mandy realizes that even though she just got past the first audition, everyone else did too. She ain’t as special as she thought she was…
Amy appears, ducking her head around the broad green leaves of the creekside vegetation. “Oh! Hello hello. Anyone seen Jay?”
They laugh at her.
“What? You’re waiting for him too? This is like some Agatha Christie scene. Where is the murderer?”
“I think Mandy sees it more like Waiting for Godot.”
Mandy lifts helpless hands. “I’ve been looking for him all day!”
“And he told me on the dance floor last night to meet him out here tonight at sunset,” Katrina adds, “cause he wanted to show me something totally boss.”
“Hm. Yeah. We’ve been doing creek samples for the last couple days at different hours and under different weather conditions. Tonight is supposed to be eighteen hundred hours. I thought I was going to be apologizing to him for being late.”
“So where could he be?” Katrina asks. “Last time I saw him he was on the dance floor trying to teach his new mates to twerk.”
“Did anyone see if he slept in his hammock?” Mandy wrinkles her nose, a growing unease trickling into her.
“Oh, god.” Amy realizes the implications and hisses with worry. She turns back to camp and hastens to it. As they cross the sand she sees that Mandy and Katrina have caught up to her. “I was in Jay’s things earlier, looking for one of the Dysons. And at one point I was like, ‘huh, this pile seems light,’ but I didn’t think any more about it.” The day’s light fades as Amy leads them to his hammock and its small platform where he keeps his gear. She rifles through it. “No pack. No water bottle. Yeah, that’s fine if he’s just out collecting all day. But there’s a bivy I gave him for his birthday that is missing here. You only take that out for overnights. Ugh. No no no. What are you doing, Jay?”
“Wait. You think he went back to sleep with the Lisicans last night? He wasn’t that drunk.”
“I think we can all agree,” Amy says tightly, walking slowly back toward camp, “that Jay doesn’t make the best decisions all the time. Come on. Somebody hold my hand when I tell Alonso. This isn’t going to be very much fun.”
Ξ
Pradeep regains consciousness in darkness. It’s as if he is dragging himself with all his strength from a deep airless pit of sucking mud. He is first aware of his breath, catching it with his diaphragm and bearing down with all his might so he can build the resolve to drag himself another millimeter clear of the mud. But he knows it is just a metaphor. He is trapped somewhere deep within his body. And he is so weak and cold…
He bears down again, pulling himself clear of whatever is dragging him down. He realizes it’s dark because his eyes aren’t open. Lifting his lids will take another herculean effort and he doesn’t know if he’s up for the task. His inexhaustible curiosity scratches at some outside door of his mind like a cat wanting to be let back in. But he can do no more than listen to it scratch.
These metaphors are quite useful. Let’s see. What happens if he lets that cat in? Then his curiosity can re-engage. But does he have the energy for it? Somewhere, floating in this febrile trembling sea of ink, a measure of vitality must still survive somewhere…
Pradeep braces himself and pushes his eyelids flutteringly up, the muscles of his brow and nosebridge spasming from the effort. He is surprised to find himself in the clean room. It is well-lit. Esquibel dozes in a camp chair at his side.
Pradeep is blank. His head totters on his neck and his fingers tremble. What is wrong with him? His eyes focus on the gleaming outline of Esquibel’s sculpted cheek. Her skin somehow reflects the harsh LED light of the lantern, lending her a halo. His holy protector. What do they call those…? He gropes for the word. “You’re… my… angel.” It comes out as a slurring mess. Pradeep stops, appalled at how he sounds.
But the noise wakens Esquibel. Her eyes clear and she looks intently at Pradeep, surprised to find him looking back at her. “Eh. Pradeep. Nice to see you here with us.”
He only stares at her. Her words fall down into that mud pit in his center, pulling away any meaning or impetus to act.
“How are you. Thirsty, I imagine?” She holds a water bottle with a straw up to his face. He blinks slowly as she tries to push his lips apart to insert the straw. “Drink. Come on, now.”
Pradeep can only watch her. But she is right. His mouth is so dry it is sealed shut. Maybe he should obey her.
Sucking is hard, but probably easier than any other activity. It is perhaps the first instinct a baby has. His esophagus and cheeks contract and a drop of water reaches his mouth.
It clears the dryness from the tissues but when it trickles down his throat it seems to feed the mud pit deep within him. A bloated pressure of nausea builds in his guts. He stops and closes his eyes.
Pradeep feels Esquibel’s hand on his forehead checking for fever. Her fingertips press against his pulse on his right wrist. But he can’t seem to get his eyes back open. “What is wrong with me?” Well, the intention of his statement at least is recognizable in the moan and grunt that come out.
“Something stung you, we think, when you were out at the beach with Maahjabeen. Were you stung? Do you remember?”
But Pradeep hears no word after Maahjabeen. It is like a spell that unlocks something deep and preserved within him. There he is, way far away, hidden in a tiny little cavern deep inside himself. Why is he down there, when he can be out in the world again with the most beautiful woman alive? “Mach.” It is very important for him to say her name and have it come out right. “Mach. Jah. Bean.” Like a prayer against vampires, compelling them to withdraw from his holy words, her name finally forces the pit of cold mud to recede and lessen its grip on him.
Now he takes a deeper breath, opening his eyes again. “She… is… here…? She’s… okay?”
Esquibel marvels at his resolve. “Uh, yes. Everyone else is fine. Maahjabeen is fine. Except we appear to have lost Jay and now everyone is out in the middle of the night looking for him. Some of them have even gone through the tunnels to talk to the Lisicans. Madness. So, just you and me left here. We obviously couldn’t leave you alone.”
“Why…? am I sick?”
Esquibel hides her worry behind the professional mask she long ago adopted. Pradeep looks like a stage four cancer patient. His cheeks and eye sockets are bruised hollows. His skin is ashen. “Well. Not as sick as we feared. Looks like you’re getting better as we speak. But you don’t remember anything biting you? Stinging you? Did you step on anything? Eat anything? No?”
Pradeep shakes his tottering head. He thinks back to what he recalls last. Nothing about getting here. Only being at that lovely little pocket beach, Maahjabeen’s hip in the palm of his hand, her dimpled smile for him, a tenderness building… Ah! That’s right! He was having a panic attack. He was worried that the Lisicans would… would… He feels a trickle of that old familiar anxiety. But it seems to call the mud. Oh, no. His energy is fading again. It bubbles up once more from within him, this disgusting enervating affliction that someone has laid upon him. It’s unlike anything he’s ever felt. Not the pneumonia or dysentery or malaria he struggled through as a child, none of them felt this way. They burned and sizzled in him, dragged on his guts in different ways. But there is something calculated and malevolent about this… this thing he feels inside him. He knows deep in his bones that it was laid upon him intentionally, and that if he cannot find a cure, it will kill him.
Chapter 28 – Just Getting Started
July 8, 2024
Thanks for joining us for the second volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:
28 – Just Getting Started
A tiny pocket beach of soft gray sand holds two figures intertwined on a blanket. The morning is warm. The wind is nonexistent. The sea murmurs instead of roars.
Maahjabeen kisses Pradeep’s hairline from one side to the other, little soft benedictions meant to quiet the unhappy buzzing in his skull. His latest extended outburst appears to be over and now he lies trembling in her arms, as spent as if he’d orgasmed.
Maahjabeen finally understands the reason for this quivering tension in him. Pradeep had been holding it close since the day before, when he had grown so withdrawn yesterday evening. She had almost bought, along with everyone else, his complaint after dinner that he was exhausted when he withdrew into his silent little pyramid, but she’d known something was bothering him. She’d assumed it was a touch of anxiety about their changing situation but this is much more than a touch. It is a storm, a flood of panic that has no basis in reality.
The idea that other hidden people live on this island—modern people with secret agendas—had been an idea he couldn’t dismiss. It had shocked him yesterday, it turns out, that everyone else hadn’t become as paranoid, as if they’d all rise up and beat the rushes from one end of the island to the next looking for spies or something. Now he thinks they’re all being wildly reckless because they were able to… what, change the subject? Realize there’s more than one thing to worry about out here? Celebrate Jay’s delicious catch and thank the Lisicans? All that should just be shelved until the mystery of the villagers who won’t get sick is solved?
“This is why you need God, dear one.” She nestles his face maternally in the holy space between a woman’s jaw, shoulder, and breast. She is cooing to him, watching the sea birds sailing above, petting his face. Satisfied with how his trembling is fading away, Maahjabeen is encouraged to continue. “It is too easy for you to fall into your own personal view of things. Your own reality. But when you know there is a single divine eye watching down on you, witnessing and judging every moment of the world around you…”
Pradeep lifts his head. His smile is tight and his laugh is staccato. “Ah hahaha. Maybe you don’t tell the guy with anxiety that there’s an all-seeing eye that sees everything he does, always judging him.”
“No, but He loves you!” Maahjabeen caresses Pradeep again. “It all comes from a place of love. Can’t you see that? It is where my love comes from. And you like my love, don’t you?”
Pradeep stares at her with helpless ardor. “I love your love.”
“It is the same love. That is all I am saying. And judgment is good. It keeps us living healthy, righteous lives. Lives with meaning. The scriptures contain all the wisdom one needs in life. It is like a guide book, a rule book our holy ancestors wrote down…”
She continues instructing him in the details of her faith. But he had stopped following after she had said it is the same love. Wait. Her idea of god’s love is the same as this incomprehensible and glorious love that she is showering on him? Well then, blimey. Sign him up. Maybe he’s ready for religion after all. He could never worship nearly anything he has ever discovered in this universe, except for this. This tapestry of honey in woman’s form. This love, as pure and infinite as the ocean. Yes, he will happily worship this. He buries his face deeper into her soft skin, this holy temple, letting the words soothe him, until he is dozing in her embrace.
Maahjabeen listens to the tide, her voice fading. Good. The more she talks the further she drifts from the essential core of her faith. Ultimately, she isn’t much of a religious scholar. She is not actually excited by the textual details of her religion. It is the culture that it provides and the mystical insights it unlocks within her, especially out here in the middle of nowhere. Oh, they couldn’t be more alone if they tried, just her and the man she loves. Who would ever need more than this? They could fish from their boats and build a driftwood hut up against the cliffs and live happily here forever, or at least until a storm wiped them all away…
Eh, what was that? Maahjabeen realizes her eyes have also closed and she starts back awake, Pradeep heavy in her arms. What did she hear? Feel? Sense somehow? What was it? The beach is empty. The kayaks, blue and yellow, still rest safely above the tideline. The sea remains calm. Out at sea, she glimpses a sheen of wide black skin rolling, just breaking the surface, on the far side of the waves. Ah, is that her orca spirit animal watching over her?
Yet her spine still itches of being watched. She needs to see up behind her on the cliff before she can settle. But that will mean dislodging Pradeep. “So sorry, love.” She slips out from under his embrace and is surprised that he doesn’t wake.
Sitting up, she turns. There is nothing but the bleak cliff behind her. Maahjabeen studies the bare walls of it until she is satisfied that whatever may have regarded her is now gone. Perhaps it was the orca, watching over her. Or warning her…
Something uncanny fills Maahjabeen when she turns away from the cliffs. She swears she caught a glimpse, just before she turned, of a native person, of indeterminate age and gender, just a fat little golem of a person with graying ringlets and a multitude of fetishes hanging from their dark cloak in the shadows at the base of the cliff. But when she looks at the spot again she sees no one.
Maahjabeen frowns, reality fraying at the edges. She has always been happy to have a deep mystical connection to the great and grand forces of the universe but this witchy nonsense is creeping her out. Is it real or is it a figment of her imagination? Why would her brain ever do this to itself? She had been so happy, content, with Pradeep in her arms.
But what if it’s real…?
Maahjabeen turns away from the spot again, and once again catches the briefest glimpse of the same person, standing hunched at the base of the cliff where they hadn’t been a moment before. She snaps her gaze back, but no. Nothing.
Now Maahjabeen can’t tear her eyes from the spot. “Pradeep.” She nudges him. “Uhh. Baby? Can you give me a hand?” But for some reason, once again, he doesn’t wake up. She pokes him even harder. “Pradeep. Hey. I need you.”
A chill descends from the cliff, tendrils of fog whispering down from the sky. What is going on? Why can’t she wake Pradeep up? Something malevolent is looming over her from the cliffs above. It is that shaman, someone she’s never before seen. There must be another one of those horrible tunnels that connects to the interior and now this creature is here, raining curses down on them.
It is the power of the sky that the shaman invokes. Maahjabeen knows this intuitively, the cold forbidding sky. And she knows as well that she is not without her own power. She is a dedicated maiden of the sea. And the sea is right here. In fact, her protector lies just offshore!
Without another thought, Maahjabeen stands and runs barefoot, clad only in her panties and bra, to the edge of the water. The sand is dark and the air is cold against her back. She isn’t looking at the cliff but she can distinctly see in her mind’s eye the shaman lifting a staff from which hang more fetishes, ready to call on powers dark and dreadful to keep her from reaching the water. All she needs to do is touch mother ocean, and she will find shelter from the sky under her cold dark waves.
Then yes! Another sheen of black from the water and this time a white eyepatch! It is her orca! Her mighty orca! And no clever monkey of the land, regardless of their spells and tokens, can fight an orca and win! “Oh, thank you, God, for sending me an angel!”
Maahjabeen touches the ebbing tide. It is even colder than she recalled, and forcefully reminds her that it is no sanctuary for her. She needs the air to breathe. The cold will steal her life. As much as she might wish she is a mermaid, she is a human woman after all and she is destined to live and die on land. So she turns back, filled with the strength of her conviction that this edge of two worlds—no, three—between the land and the water and the sky, is where she belongs. And no shaman’s curses can dislodge her from it.
The water splashes her, again, running up her side. This is a big wave. She needs to drag Pradeep and the boats clear. Aziz and… and… what did Amy name her other boat?
The water runs up against her once more, covering her face and nostrils… She sputters, sitting up. Oh, no! They’re swamped!
She startles awake. It had been a dream. A horrible dream and now she’s really here on the beach. She’d fallen asleep on the blanket with Pradeep and the tide had come in. It had been the tide hitting her three? four times? before she’d finally woken up.
Dizzy, she pulls Pradeep to his feet. He is still groggy, in a stupor. The blanket twists in the flowing current around their feet. The water is so cold. Then the leading edge of the wave touches the cliff face and pulls back, dragging the kayaks toward the sea…
“No! La! La!” Maahjabeen squeals, pushing Pradeep toward the blue kayak, which founders on rocks near where she left it. But Firewater (of course that’s its name!) is racing out to sea on the top of the tide. She churns after it, unable to let the sea take her boat.
Maahjabeen stumbles in the retreating surf and it soaks her, shocking her with its frigidity. But the yellow kayak meets the next wave rushing in and it is pushed sideways, then pressed against the sand below as the water overtops the hatch and pours in.
“No!” Maahjabeen screams again, reaching the kayak and dragging on it before it is swamped entirely. The wave crashes around her, nearly knocking her from her feet. But she regains her footing and stubbornly hauls the kayak from the water.
Shivering, spent, she rejoins Pradeep, who is fully awake now and waiting for her with a dry towel. He scrubs her, murmuring tender words, and prepares both of them for a quick retreat back to camp.
The shock of the water and nearly losing her boat forces all other thoughts from her head. It is a long time before Maahjabeen ever thinks of her nightmare again.
Ξ
“Living my best life, yo.” Jay climbed this bay tree last night and a wide nook separating one of its primary limbs from the trunk was enough of a spot for him to curl up in and survive the cold. Yet somehow he’d slept well. Must have been all the wine and weed. His emergency bivy sure helped too. Now he rolls it up and stows it away, studying the soft gray dawn light through the trees.
He is fully stocked and prepared for once. His injuries no longer hamper him. He wears his best gear and carries a full pack. Now it’s time to finally take the measure of this fucking island.
Jay drops to the ground, his legs not quite working yet. He falls sideways with a laugh into the duff. Well, at least it’s a soft landing. He picks himself up to find a pair of children waiting patiently for him at the base of the tree. “Oh! Hey! What’s up?” Jay fishes for his mask as he stumbles back to a safe distance. They watch him impassively. The kids here have such fine, impish features that he can’t tell if they’re boys or girls or… or foxes. They both look like little kits, with yellowish eyes and pointed muzzles.
Jay pulls off his pack and finds a bag of dried banana chips. He chews a few, easing his hunger, and holds out the ziploc bag to the kids. They don’t reach for it, though. They just watch him. “Pretty tasty. You don’t know what you’re missing… No? Okay. More for me.” He puts the chips back in his pack, takes a long drink of water from a steel bottle, and swings his pack back on. “Okay now. Let’s get cracking. I’ve been waiting to do this for weeks!”
Jay steps out from under the low-hanging canopy of the tree to scout the gentle hillside. He and the kids are in the interior valley downslope from the village, with the stream and wider river at the bottom of this vale, unseen down below. It had been an excellent camping spot last night, quiet and safe. The boys he’d partied with, Ahkhaachooix and Tlél wugoot, had eventually gone to bed in the village at the end of the festivities and he’d wandered down here for some shuteye.
None of the other researchers know he is gone. They’d all been asleep when Jay and his new buddies had closed down the party at camp and retreated back through the tunnels to the village, where they’d found an even larger party celebrating the harvest the rest of the troop had brought from the sea.
The villagers had all been so happy and welcoming, feeding him from their own plates and everything. Jay was pretty sure his chill surfer zen vibe was what they needed, not more chattering scientist nerds and all their pet theories.
By the end of the night, Jay had realized this was the Tuzhit festival they’d been talking about. And that Tuzhit was a name. It was like an ancestor’s birthday or something. There had been tons of speeches and formal chants and things, but still no music.
“Yeah, I left them,” Jay confesses, turning back to the kids. “I mean, if I’d told the others I was coming they wouldn’t have let me, or they would have made me bring someone else, someone who doesn’t want to do everything I got to do out here. See, I’m like a shepherd. You know dogs? Woof woof? Like the fox. But a working dog, herding sheep. My buddy Nate had a shepherd mix, real cutie named Stewart, all black and white. And whenever we went on a hike with Stewart he’d disappear for like a full hour. And Nate would just shrug and say, he’ll be back, he’s just getting the lay of the land. And that’s how I am. I got to get the lay of the land. That dog would scour every inch of whatever hill or valley until he knew it as well as his backyard. Only then would he settle down and hike right next to us. That dude was legit.”
The kids are still only watching him.
Jay laughs at his wasted breath. “Uh. Good talk. So off I go. Don’t, uh… don’t stick beans up your nose or nothing.”
Jay cinches the waist belt on his pack. It’s got a good twelve kilos in here. He’ll feel it after a while for sure. Now off he goes to the bottom of the valley! He’d thought about checking in with the village before he set out, especially if there was any of that yummy mussels and aromatic leaf dish left over from last night. But he was afraid they’d try to talk him out of his walkabout too so it’s for the best that he just head out. He’ll take three days tops to really scout the canyons and perimeter before returning home. Then he’ll take whatever punishment Esquibel and Alonso and Amy come up with. But they’ll all gain the benefit of his discoveries.
He reaches the creekside where the villagers get their water. He could fill up here but his bottles are still full. Aw, shit. Those kids are following him. They’re like forty meters back up the trail, their golden curls speckled with dew. That’s the last thing he needs, a pair of kids to worry about. He flashes a shaka. “Hang loose, little buddies. But I got to do this on my own, you dig?”
They apparently do not dig. When he starts walking they follow again, trailing behind at a safe distance.
“Well, let’s see what you do at the crossing.” Jay enters the wide bowl of the river valley. Blossoms cover the grasses with fields of yellow, white, and purple. “Beauty. Spring has sprung for sure.” Jay walks through the meadow, hands trailing along the tops of flowers. Soon his palms are coated in golden pollen. He turns back to the kids to show them his hands. “I am the King of Hayfever!”
But still they only watch.
“Quite the day. Pretty warm inland.” Jay takes off his pack at the riverbank and strips off a sweater. He studies the crossing as he stows the sweater and puts his pack back on. The river is blue-black, as wide as a four-lane road, with steep banks on both sides. He knows from his previous exploration that there’s no easy way across. He’ll just have to use his ingenuity.
“Well… I could drop a couple trees and use them as a bridge. But somehow, I doubt your folks would be happy about that. I could, let’s see… I’ve got an inflatable pillow here. Maybe I can use it like a floaty.” He scrambles down the muddy bank to the water, where he dips a hand in it. Super cold. Much colder than expected. He pulls back with a hiss. “Yeah, homie ain’t swimming across that, no sir. And it looks like there’s a deep current in there.” He scrambles back up to the top of the bank to pull a buck knife from his pack.
The meadow behind him is now empty. “Well at least the kids are gone.” He sighs, knowing it was his interaction with this taboo river that got them to take off. This couldn’t be a wise thing, to mess with the DMZ between two warring villages. But Jay has never been too wise. He needs to see what is on the far side. It’s like a biological compulsion driving him.
He retreats to the woods and takes down a good forty fir saplings, all of them about as wide as a pool cue and as tall as his body. He trims their branches off and bundles them with twine into a heavy raft, two layers thick. Then he notches the saplings so he can lay crosspieces for more support. The work is arduous and soon he’s sweating. He takes off his windshirt and another layer. Now he’s barechested in the humid morning, just a man and his knife. Collecting the trimmed branches, he ties them atop it as a thick green deck. Finally, after an hour or more, he drags the completed vessel to the edge of the bank. One last sapling, a long pole, will be his only steering device. All he has to do is cross no more than thirty meters of river to get to the far side…
He puts on his pack and pushes the raft mostly into the river. The unseen current pulls at it and Jay has to hold it and dig his pole into the mud at the same time to keep the raft from being carried away. He crawls out onto it as the current pulls it free from shore. With a mighty shove from his pole he attempts to get the raft out toward the center of the river.
Jay gathers the pole and pushes it down below him. But he can’t find the bottom. It is already over two meters deep here. Now he just waves the pole ineffectually about as the raft starts to spin. “Uh oh. This is the… I guess this is why you don’t cross rivers solo…”
He can’t get the raft to cross any more of the river. It takes him downstream at an increasing clip, a good five meters from the shore he left, pushing him past the bare bank on the far side down to where it’s far more overgrown. Jay keeps trying with the pole, hoping to find anything to push down there. But it’s deep, even deeper than this nearly three meters of sapling and his extended arm up to the elbow. He lies down, reaches his furthest into the black water with it, pulls it back, nearly topples as the raft rocks, and accidentally drops the pole. It floats away out of reach.
“Aaagggh.” Now he has no way to steer. With his frozen hands he paddles, trying to make of the raft a giant surfboard. Face down on the wet boughs, Jay paddles with his deepest, strongest stroke, first on one side, then the other. In this way, he is able to push the raft across the river as it carries him even further downstream. Now he is in the trees where they overhang the far bank.
Scrambling to his knees, Jay snares a drooping branch. It looks like some kid of willow variant. He’ll have to study it more closely after he saves himself. He slowly draws the raft toward the far bank, afraid the branch will snap, but it doesn’t. He pulls up to a mess of bracken that prevents the raft from reaching solid ground.
Jay tests the bracken. It is storm-wrack, decaying logs and branches dragged downriver to rest here against the bank, until the next storm dislodges it and pushes it further down. He can’t stand on it. It sinks beneath his weight. And the bank is still out of reach. “This is how you get tangled and pulled under and drowned, homeslice.” He can’t get out here. It’s impossible. Giving up on this exit point, he liberates a splintered limb that is wide enough to have its broken end serve as an oar.
Jay pushes away from the willow and its false bank and paddles madly for another spot further downriver. Finally, he reaches it, tumbling off the raft onto the muddy slope and nearly falling back in. Only pushing himself from the water with the oar saves him. But the raft is lost, spinning away in the current out of view.
Sodden, frozen, and a bit scared, Jay crawls up the far bank. The fir needles are fragrant and their points prick his palms. There’s no going back now. At least, not for a while. The thought of building another raft and putting himself through that ordeal again is enough to nearly make him give up on life.
“But first… the rest of the fucking island.” Standing, he brushes the needles from his wet pantlegs and exits the dark woods. He wants to get back to the meadow on this side and all its flowers.
The ground here beneath the brown needles is crumbled and hollow, as if it’s a home for a warren of ground squirrels or gophers. Mushrooms, pale yellow and golden, peek out from where they lift the topsoil above them. Some could be chanterelles. Maybe Cantharellus pallens. Jay stops to inspect them. Yes! A big chunk of a fresh one, as big as his fist, he levers out of the ground with his knife. Oh, what he would do for a stick of butter and a head of garlic. Well. He’ll just have to build a fire and roast this bad boy all by itself. Maybe with some bay leaves… He wishes he’d known what the fragrant leaves were he ate with the mussels last night but he only saw them after they’d been cooked and mashed.
Ha. Those nerds are sure going to miss his cooking. Watch, he’s going to return with like a buck slung over his shoulder, shouting, “We feast!” Jay cries it aloud as he steps out into the meadow.
He sees movement among the waving blossoms. “Whoa. No way.” There are people out there. Three, no, four. Small and slender, their faces are covered in featureless masks of golden pollen, standing among the flowers, waving their dark arms in slow imitation of tree limbs in the wind.
His words echo across the silent meadow and draw their faces toward him. Their faces are blank, smooth, entirely covered in pollen. “What the…? Okay, I was wrong. You motherfuckers are the kings of the hayfever. Those masks are sick. How the hell are y’all even breathing?”
He’s never seen humans stand like this, nor move their limbs in such odd unjointed ways. Jay looks back at the woods, thinking it may be his refuge. Maybe not. He turns back to the pollen people.
“So they say struck dumb, like that’s a thing, you know? But the thing is I’m already dumb and I can’t seem to shut up so I don’t know what to call that.” Jay realizes he’s blithering. But he can’t stop. “You all, uh, I mean, we’re all carbon-based life forms here, right? I mean, right? We’re all mammals? Or are some of us, I don’t know, like actually plant-based or…?”
One of them sways toward him, its movements more like those of a sapling’s stalk than an animal’s muscles.
“Okay. Now that is creeping me out. No way, dude. No way. I can’t accept that this is real. There aren’t like—”
A bird’s sharp trill, from further in up away from the river, gets the four golden figures to suddenly turn and dash, totally human, and race downriver past him, one giggling and tearing her wood mask from her face as she goes.
Now Jay quivers with astonishment. They are people after all. I mean, of course they are. Golden plant people don’t exist. Pollen faced people… He shivers. But he can’t ignore the fact that they’re fleeing from someone. Someone is coming. Jay should himself follow them. He hurries back into the woods.
A trio of hunters, two young men and a woman, glide into the meadow. They hold short two-prong spears and carry javelins on their backs. Dressed in hide tunics and leggings that have been blackened and softened by grease, they make no noise as they study the tracks of the pollen people through the trampled flowers.
Now they are coming this way. Jay hides behind the wide trunk of a redwood. This is stupid. They’re going to find him. And if they’re surprised then they might be more dangerous. There’s only one way to play this. He steps out, arms up, and faces them.
The three hunters stop, frozen mid-stride. They are low to the ground, like wolves on a kill.
Jay laughs nervously. “H-h-hey. I mean, hi there. It’s just me. Dancing in the flowers. Nobody else. Remember me? From before? With the smoke and the fire?”
They make a silent decision and arrow toward him again. The two behind split off to the left and right to flank Jay. Their faces are closed, their eyes dark and sharp as fangs.
“Hey now.” Jay has been in more than his share of scrapes and can tell where this is heading. He puts his back to the redwood and stands tall, which is much taller than them. Hands up, he swings his pack off. “Let’s not do this, folks. Nobody needs to get hurt.”
But they obviously disagree. The three hunters move in a coordinated rhythm to within ten paces of him.
They’ve fought men before. Jay realizes this as he cracks a knuckle against the hardness of his phone in the front pocket of his pants. Fumbling at his hip, he might need to whip out his buck knife here. But he has a better idea instead.
Jay pulls out his phone and holds it up. “Oh, you want some of this? You want to try me and my badass twenty-first century wizardry? Then smile.”
He takes a photo with a flash. The three hunters yelp, like dogs in a thunderstorm, and freeze again, hunching lower.
“Oh, you like that? Yeah. That’s right, dude. I’m stealing your fucking soul.” He takes another flash photo and another, one for each. “Sorry. That was racist. Lots of, uh, assumptions in that one. But check it out! I hold the power of lightning and thunder!”
Jay turns the volume of his phone up high as the opening chords of Cerebral Bore’s Maniacal Miscreation begin. Banging his head, he advances on them, howling, “Carve a path unto obsidian – insane creation of an abscessed mind…! Maniacal Miscreation!” But these last two words are shouted at their retreating backs. They broke and ran when the guitar went full heavy metal. In the quiet meadow the phone is startlingly loud. Now the hunters must be racing back to tell all their friends and relations about the giant pale magic man and the power he holds in his hand.
Jay turns off the music. His hands are shaking. “Well so much for the fucking prime directive. Couldn’t have interfered more. Uhh. Now what do I do?” His imagination goes wild, afraid the entire countryside will rise up against him, to hunt him down and make an example of his trespass, his head on a pike for all to see.
But if he returns now, will the hunters follow him back across the river and start a war with the village he knows? And with all the talk of spies and geopolitics his mind tolls like a bell, as big as the whole globe. Are the good Lisicans like the American village and these psychos are like the Russian village? Would they start a fight here that spirals outward to engulf everyone else? Did Jay just start World War Three?
“Okay. Okay, get a grip, dude.” Jay fishes in his pack for his smoke kit. He pulls out a joint, one of his nighttime indica sleep sticks. But he needs to calm the fuck down. Lighting it, he takes a deep drag and releases a billow of smoke. “Can’t go back. Can’t go on…” Cause, like, what would he even do here? Let’s say, him and his brass balls are able to spook these straight killers for a while with his light and music show, then what? He’d have to like take over the whole tribe to keep them from eventually attacking him. And that’d be that whole Kipling morality tale all over again. No thank you. It always ends badly for the man who would be king.
Then Jay recalls the pollen people, laughing with abandon even as they passed him, fleeing from the hunters. Who are they? “Well, bro,” Jay tells himself, “looks like it’s time to find out.”
Ξ
“Tuzhit is a name!” Katrina runs through the camp in the middle of the day, calling out in triumph. “It’s like an ancestral proper name and they were planning a Tuzhit festival! That’s what they were telling us! The clouds and the wind needed to be all…” She stops in the center of the camp as heads begin to peek out of tents. Katrina searches for the word. “Uh… Propitious! Auspicious! Delicious! They were waiting for all the factors to be right and our fire nearly ruined that.”
“Okay. And who is Tuzhit?” Alonso has decided this will be his gossip, his guilty pleasure. He will be as excited about the Lisicans as people get about celebrities. But it isn’t as easy to care as he thought it would be. These damn villagers would ruin Plexity yet.
“Not Eyat, that’s for sure. Not a single Tuzhit in any Eyat list I can find. Nothing even close, except for, uh, ‘adon kadushidán, which means we like to go hunting (and we go frequently).’ But check it out. In Slavic languages, tuzhit means to mourn or grieve. So maybe it wasn’t their actual name when they were alive, the ancestor they’re celebrating, maybe it was who they were to these people. And they mourn for them. So it’s a sad day, I guess.”
“Squid salad for lunch!” Mandy arrives with platters. The baby squid the Lisicans had caught for them have stored just fine in cold water over the last twelve hours. Now they are little dollops of chewy and crunchy protein atop three types of seaweed with a balsamic dressing.
“I recorded that long speech the Mayor gave us. Remember?” Katrina appeals to Triquet, who nods. “It was super long and dense and I’ve been pulling it apart. But the verb tenses are just appalling. They’re so complex. And this is some like basic knock-off version of Eyat. Not even the full intricacies. But putting sentences together is like chasing your tail. They all sound like, ‘Of the low-status man who approached you yesterday, the question shall be asked to you in the morning, who are an older woman of a higher-status inland community, who is in the habit of hearing from your clan…’ And by then I forget it’s a question. Just crazy stuff like that. But I’m definitely getting strong impressions. You know what I mean? Patterns.”
“And where are these patterns leading us?” Alonso swore to himself he’d be less crabby about this subject but now that it is here again he can’t help himself. “Their oral histories will fill every moment of our time here if we are not careful. I’ve heard how much they talk.”
“No idea where it’s headed, frankly.” Katrina’s assessment is sober and a bit worried. “But you’re right. An entire university department of anthropologists and ethno-linguists could spend their whole careers studying the Lisicans. This is definitely tip of the iceberg stuff. It’s just… I think we need to know as much about them as we can, just to learn if we are safe.”
“I agree.” Esquibel has been listening from the door of the bunker and now she enters the camp. “Learning a bit about their language and culture is a good step in that direction. I don’t see how you can argue against that.”
But Alonso, despite their reasonable pleas, becomes irritable. “Fucking human intervention, everywhere I turn. You must understand how this is for me. My dream… my visions of Plexity were the only thing keeping me alive. For years. I mean, I would be locked in a concrete box for days, so small I couldn’t even sit up. Face down. Cold like you’ve never known. In my delirium I built Plexity, the greatest experiment in modern life sciences. But it requires an isolated, stable, and natural setting. Just for its first iteration. Then it can be adapted for use everywhere.”
Katrina spreads her hands. “I don’t know what to tell you. All indications point to the Lisicans being here way before we were even born. Like they’re pretty much neolithic. They don’t have any modern items except for a couple old photos. They’re as much a part of this island as… I don’t know… the foxes.”’
“And what do you mean by ‘natural,’ Doctor Alonso?” Esquibel frowns. “Your use of the term seems more emotional than rational, if I may be so blunt.”
“Of course it is!” Alonso fights down sudden tears. “I told you I was face down in a pit fighting for my life for five years, did I not?”
Quietly, Amy answers for him. “This is an old argument between Sergio Alonso and me, Doctor Daine. In Japan we are taught that there is no division between the world of forests and animals and the world of humans. It’s all the same world. Or, more properly from a Shinto point of view, it’s all Japan. The skyscrapers are as much an expression of natural processes as, I don’t know, termite mounds or volcanoes. The division of humans from the world around them is pretty much a post-industrial Western idea. A lot of the Romantics in the 18th and 19th centuries, you know, with their fables of the dark haunted woods and people fleeing sweatshops and industrialization to find their spirit in idealized Nature. Yeah, that’s a very Snow White way of looking at the world.”
Alonso has regained his equilibrium during her long speech. “That is all very well and good, Ames. But you don’t know how much an inclusion of the human parameters into Plexity will, I mean, it’s multiplying every single factor by at least two orders of magnitude. It will break the model.”
Amy shrugs, knowing that all she can do is present the facts. “The model’s already broken, Lonzo. We just saw them carry away like fifty kilos of sea life and all those bushels of bay and wild onion. The broad leaf they harvested is unknown. I think the lily family. But the point is they’re gardening here. They’re hunting and fishing on a regular basis. This automatically changes all the readings we get. If our focus is the interconnected model, then, yeah. If they aren’t included then you’re just modeling a… fantasy.”
Alonso’s eye twitches. These are deep roots in him, fibers of conviction intertwined with his own sinews and bones about how this must be. He obsessed for far too long and Plexity became far too important for him to get this close to realizing it and having it slip away. But he knows how he looks. He just can’t seem to muster the leader’s trait of giving a shit about these Lisicans. Instead, blind in his own misery, he flings an arm back to where he know his wife sits behind him. “Mirrie. What am I supposed to do?”
“You silly sod.” She swats him. “Look around you. Brilliant minds everywhere. You don’t need to do anything. You’ve already assembled the team. Now you get to sit back and watch them solve this problem. It’s your vision, yes. But now it’s all of ours, too. It’s our daily lives, Zo. And it’s why we’re here.”
“Yes…” Flavia stands, lifting her laptop. “I am already writing a few notes about ways I think we can scale human factors without looking at a logarithmic expansion of computation. It is the same type of problem as the circadian rhythm cycle we were able to detect in the data, then nearly automate. Training the model with the new variables will be the hard part, then getting it up and running should be, well, still pretty hard, but doable.”
“I disagree.” Katrina holds up an index finger. “I think the hard part will be defining terms and variables of the Lisicans to begin with. I mean, I assume you’re going to start with things like calorie requirements and daily subsistence impacts on their ecosystems, but, I mean, we don’t even understand who these people are yet, or why they do nearly anything they do. They just had this festival, which was a major impact on their environment, and we don’t even know a thing about it. As far as we know it might be the season of festivals and it’s all night every night now til winter.”
“It’s a shame Pradeep isn’t here.” Amy tries to recall his words. “He and I had an interesting talk about this once and he said that if aliens were up above looking down on us in spaceships, they wouldn’t need to know our pop culture references and historical traditions to understand us. He believes all the internal narrative stuff and even a lot of scientific defense of cultural expression are overblown. He said it could all be measured by caloric output, all the wars and the famines and the building of cities, and the culture could be inferred with mathematical modeling. The reasons behind all our activity are only discernible at this huge macro scale.”
“I was just thinking the same thing!” Flavia turns to the lagoon, pointing at it. “Where is Jay? He was right. We are nothing but our structures! We are coral reefs! Our lives are too short to see it!”
Triquet crows, “Yipee! History wins again!”
Alonso laughs, rueful. “Thank you, my friends, for helping me lift my spirits. I do not mean to be so… It may be true that I began the leadership of this mission a few months or years earlier than I should have. But the opportunity presented itself and here we are.”
Esquibel opens a bin and takes out a tray filled with a variety of pills. “Here. Just a few supplements. Electrolytes and a B-complex. I think that MDMA therapy you did is still making you miserable. Your lows are much lower these last couple days.” She hands the pills to him and he dutifully swallows them dry as she monitors his pulse. “I cannot say it was a successful experiment.”
“What, the drug trip? The… the molly?” Alonso says the word with such innocence that Katrina snickers. “No. I think it was very helpful. It was like Mandy’s hands on my feet. Very scary at first but now I can see the utility. Maybe we do it again soon, yes?”
Katrina and Mandy share a surprised sidelong glance. “Uhh… yeh, sure thing. All of it? The double dose and the, oh, what’s it called, Mandy?”
“The massage?” Mandy flexes her fingers. “Tui na.”
“Yes,” Alonso points at her, “that.”
“Huh.” Katrina giggles. “That was a quick turnaround.”
“Well, that is what we are saying, is it not?” Now Alonso feels like there is a path of virtue ahead and he is damned if he will let it slip away. “We all recognize now that I am failing as a leader and you are both offering means for me to heal. It terrifies me, to be honest. You have no idea. But if your therapies mean I can still effectively run this mission then I will do anything. Anything.”
Now Katrina can’t help but spoil his dramatic words with a suppressed snort of laughter. “La, if me mates could see me now. The brave middle-aged bloke willing to do anything, include rolling on molly like a rave kid at a candy store. Uh, most of us don’t even need an excuse to roll like every weekend?”
Now they all laugh, in a minor key that suggests they appreciate the joke without really understanding what a fiend Katrina is, and what an unmitigated delight her many trips have been, showering herself with light and love in a thousand ways, which has changed her forever into a much better person, tiny lines of white powder stitching her heart like ritual scarification.
“Ultimately,” Katrina lifts Alonso’s hand and kisses it, “we can all agree that we just need more study, across the board. Fungus and plant and animal. Wind and sun and sea. You’ve given us this brilliant tool to work on it. Nobody thought we’d actually be able to finish it, whatever that means, by the time we left.”
“I just want a functioning prototype. Flavia’s bootstrap method is automating more and more processes so I believe if we are able to finally get a critical mass—”
“But what is that?” Miriam pounces a bit too quickly, but she has to get a word in before he skips ahead. “Slow down. Give the team numbers, Zo. Like in terms of samples. How many are we aiming for and how many do we already have? We’re nearly halfway through our time here, although we’ve only been seriously collecting for, what, ten days? So what are those numbers?”
“Ehh, let’s see.” He accesses the administrative dashboard for Plexity on his laptop and finds the appropriate values. “We have collected 8157 inputs of all types, including secondary readings and observations. 4338 samples from the Dyson readers. And it has been eleven days since the first samples were logged.”
“And how many do you need for your critical mass?”
“The data scientist in me has always believed Plexity will finally start to resolve into a clear and useful model at 100,000.”
“A hundred thousand samples? Oy vey.” Amy swoons. “That’s like a hundred times more than I’ve ever done, even in the widest assays. Good thing I brought Jay. He’s picking up like another thousand as we speak.”
“A hundred… thousand?” Miriam shakes her head. It is such a tremendous amount of work the idea of it makes her ill. “You can’t be serious, Zo. There’s not a single conceivable way…”
“Sure there is, Mirrie.” Alonso waves his cane in the air like a general marshaling his troops. “We are already four percent of the way there! And we are just getting started!”
Chapter 27 – Ji-da-daa
July 1, 2024
Thanks for joining us for the second volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:
27 – Ji-da-daa
Pradeep’s phone buzzes. It is one of the reminders he set to repeat each year, every April 12th. FILE TAXES. Well. That will certainly be a problem. He is surprised at himself for not anticipating this. Usually he is very detailed and obsessive when it comes to financial matters. He just hadn’t connected the fully off-the-grid nature of this project with his finances. “Fuck. Damn.” He is so poor at cursing. And now he can hate himself for that too. “Bollocks!”
He throws off his bag and pulls himself from under his pyramid tarp and stalks away barefoot onto the sand, rubbing sleep from his eyes. The camp is lit by the faintest blue light of dawn. Nobody is awake. But Maahjabeen ducks her head out, quickly scanning the silent tents before shooting him a meaningful, intimate glare.
Pradeep wants to call out, wake the whole camp, ask who else forgot to take care of their basic paperwork. But half these people aren’t even American and others, like Alonso, have had bigger problems. This is Pradeep’s alone to deal with. So he gestures uselessly at his phone and makes a plaintive face at Maahjabeen, then wanders out toward the beach. He climbs the log, the chill of the wind off the open ocean cutting through his base layers. It is far too cold to be out here without a windbreaker. Whatever. It is his punishment for being such a dumbass.
The horizon is dark, bruised nearly black. Perhaps a storm passes them to the south, heading for the coast of North America. It will slam into the waiting Pacific Northwest and cover it with rain. That unbroken stretch of green forest that runs from Alaska down to like Santa Barbara is so amazing. Fed constantly by these storms spinning outward like a reverse whirlpool, flinging wind and water and life itself out into the wide world. Lisica is like the seed of all life, right in the center of this vortex like the pearl of an oyster. The vision thrills him, reversing what he thought was surely true. In this scenario, it is the genesis point itself, using the storms to cast all kinds of embryonic potential outward. Lisica, not Eden, is the secret garden from which all life emerged.
It’s a silly notion but it takes his mind off his troubles. Another figure scrambles onto the log beside him. It is Maahjabeen in her coat and boots. “What is wrong?” Her face is intense, nearly irate.
Pradeep steps away from her, afraid for her sake they might be seen together by anyone else. But she steps closer, clasping his arm. He just shakes his head. Her passion is too great for his silly error. It makes him feel a fool. He shrugs. “It’s just. My taxes. I forgot to pay them, I mean file them, before I left. It’s nothing.”
“Ohh…” She releases his arm.
“I’m just an idiot. I’m just angry with myself.”
“That is such a relief. I mean… I thought, well, I thought you had somehow found out, I mean, from your reaction back there, I would have guessed someone in your family had died.” She casts her eyes down, her brows flickering with pain.
They haven’t yet spoken of this. They haven’t had enough time alone together to peel away the layers of grief still tormenting Maahjabeen. He has wanted to say something but he doesn’t ever want to presume. He just wants to kiss her and take her in his arms and baby her while she lets it all go.
She scowls, clearing her head with a sharp toss. “I knew there was no way you could be getting a notification. I still… I had to see. Because, you know, when I found out such a terrible thing myself, I was totally alone. For a long time. And that made it very hard.”
Pradeep is overwhelmed by longing for this goddess beside him. Casting caution to the very cold wind, he pulls on her hand and they topple forward over the far side of the log so that no others might see them. They crawl across the freezing sand into the shelter she rebuilt, unable to resist touching and tasting each other.
He’s shivering. Oh, her sweet boy is too thin to survive this ocean wind without the proper gear. She will be his blanket. Maahjabeen unzips her jacket and covers Pradeep with her warmth.
Ξ
“Anyone seen Jay this morning?”
“He’s in the sub with Triquet and Mandy,” Katrina calls out from the tables beside the bunker.
Amy enters, shaking her head. “We had a date to collect some creekside gametophytes. What are they doing in the sub?”
“Who knows?” Katrina is busy with her linguistic puzzles. “They’ve been down there since last night.”
“Crazy kids.” Amy descends through the trap door into the sub, where she finds the entire top floor empty. She lowers herself to the next level to find Triquet in the main room among their stacks. For the first time, Amy realizes Triquet hasn’t dressed with their usual flamboyance since their ordeal in the village. She hopes nothing’s wrong. “Uh. Hey there.”
Triquet looks up, a bit of a worn, sad look on their face. “Oh. Hi, Amy. Is it morning already?”
Amy nods. “My goodness, Doctor. Have you been up all night?”
Triquet nods, glum, trailing long delicate fingers over a stack of files. “Couldn’t let it go. Haunted.”
“Haunted by what?” A shiver crawls up the back of Amy’s neck but she quickly suppresses it.
“The image of Katrina’s shawl. That Eyat piece. I swear I saw something similar in the files here. At some point. But I’ve checked my notes and I can’t find it. I must not have annotated it, like a big dumbbell. Or maybe I did but I used a descriptor for it I’m just not remembering. I really need a better tagging system. It’s driving me craaaaazy.”
“What was it? A photo or…?”
“I can’t remember! There’s so much material here and I’ve gone cross-eyed over the last few weeks trying to index it all. Thousands of entries. Tens of thousands to go. But I just know I saw… ugh, something. I just can’t remember what.”
Amy gives Triquet a hug. At first their body is rigid, intent on their project. But soon the warmth and human contact sinks deep. Then Triquet allows themself to be held. The two of them stand in silence, needing it. “Oh… thank you, Doctor Kubota.”
Amy steps away. “You’re welcome, Doctor Triquet. Any time.”
“People… who need people…” Triquet begins to sing, lacing their fingers in with Amy’s.
“Are the luckiest people…!” Amy joins in.
“In the world…!” They finish.
Amy laughs. “Hey now, you’re not old enough to know Barbara Streisand. That’s illegal.”
“No way. Yentl was my first crush.”
Amy sighs. “Young Babs is my kryptonite. What’s Up, Doc? Ooo baby. She’s amazing.” They share a laugh.
Triquet sags, wilting in the face of so many documents. They don’t know what to try next. This is hopeless. Finally someone actually needs an archaeologist to be of use on this crazy trip and Triquet is unable to provide.
“I didn’t even know you had such… neutral clothes.” Amy picks at the sleeve of Triquet’s khaki short-sleeve work shirt.
“It was for the Lisicans. I wanted to dress, well, I didn’t want our interaction to be about my fashion choices. I wanted it to be about that stupid display that none of them ever looked at. And the other reason is I have just loads of laundry to get done.” Triquet lifts a thick file they’ve already gone through five times and drops it again. “I swear, Amy, if I have to take another loss today I just think I might have to bring out the black veil and get maudlin.”
The words are lightly-spoken but their bitterness can’t be denied. Amy rests her head against Triquet’s shoulder. They are so much taller. Just a pale figure, standing strong and alone. Amy tilts her head back and smiles up at Triquet. “You know what, Triq? I really admire you.”
Triquet shakes off the compliment. “Wha-a-a-at? You admire that I can’t keep track of my own collections? How sweet.”
“No. I admire… who you are. The path you’ve taken in life. Sorry. Kind of out of the blue, I know. I just wanted to let you know. I know it’s not always easy. Actually, it’s never easy, is it?”
Triquet smiles gently, feeling a bit patronized. “Thank you, dear. That’s very nice, I guess. No, it isn’t ever easy, watching everyone pair off and have flings while I’m left with no one. No one but my chiffon and lace! You’re very sweet to think of me. Most people don’t. But what made you think of it? Do you… have someone like me in your life?”
“Do I…?” Amy’s brow wrinkles. “Uh, yeah. Me. I have me in my life. My whole life.”
Triquet doesn’t understand what all that pronoun wrangling is about. They just pat Amy’s hand and shake their head, a teensy mystified and bemused. “Yes. Well, we all do, don’t we?” Oh, well. It had been a nice gesture, but now Triquet is beginning to feel a bit like they’ve just been All Lives Matter-ed out of their identity. Of course everyone has their own memories of shame and ostracism. It’s just a bit different being non-binary.
But Amy won’t let it rest. “Oh my god, didn’t anybody tell you? I was sure Mandy would have told you.” She guffaws into her hands.
“Told me what, sweetie?” Triquet tries to force their attention back to the records. This conversation is getting too awkward. But they are just so tired. Maybe they should go crawl in bed.
Amy seizes Triquet’s hands and beams at them. “I was born in a male body, Triquet. I transitioned… well, half a lifetime ago now. I mean, I still transition every day. And I’ve had to deal with all of it. Lost a teaching position. Sued the university. Got hate mail. Still get hate mail. Chased out of a bathroom once, well, actually—”
“Oh, sweet child!” Triquet has no idea where the tears suddenly come from. They wrap Amy in a fierce and passionate embrace. Then they hold her out at arm’s length. “You are? Why didn’t anyone…?” But Triquet knows the answer to that before they finish asking it. Everyone handles their gender issues in their own way. Oh, but what they wouldn’t have given to know they had a real sister here this whole time! “Oh, Amy. You are the most beautiful goddess I’ve ever known!”
Amy laughs. “You said it again! Remember? When we met? You called me a goddess? And I said we were going to be best friends?”
“Ohhh it all makes sense now. You sweet sweet little…” Triquet is filled with love. Relief. Safety. A sense of belonging. They catch Amy up in another fierce hug and dot her face with kisses. “But wait. I don’t understand. Did Alonso…? I mean, when you were dating. He knew you were trans, right? He must have.”
“It was before, when I still identified as a gay man.”
“Wait. Alonso’s…? Aaaaaaaahhh! What is happening? I thought I knew who all you people were!” Triquet grips their head in their hands, reeling against the work table. “I’m always telling people not to fall victim to their own assumptions and I just—wow. I’m so sorry, Amy. I’m making more assumptions than anyone.”
“Not at all. I just wanted you to know. So you don’t have to feel so alone, Triquet. We—I mean none of us are gender-fluid—”
“Non-binary.”
“Non-binary. Right. Sorry. But the point is, we’re not the squares you think we are. Not in the least. In fact, go back a few decades the three of us were considered positively dangerous. We’re just old and tired now.”
Now Triquet thinks of a young dashing Alonso, a fierce Miriam, a brave Amy. Wow. The 80s just got a lot more interesting. These people must have been young gods. Triquet shakes their head in disbelief. “Did you come down here just to tell me that? I mean, why now? Do I look so forlorn?”
“Oh. Right. No, I’m looking for Jay. Have you seen him?”
“Yeah, he and Mandy went into the tunnels hours ago.”
“Well.” Amy steps back from Triquet with a sweet smile. “Guess I’ll go find them. Good luck with your haystack and needle and everything. But you should really get some sleep first.”
Triquet nods, the emotions draining from their limbs, leaving nothing but heavy-lidded exhaustion. But now it is a different exhaustion. Triquet feels swaddled up like a newborn. As Amy ducks through the next hatch, they call out, “Hey.” Amy stops and ducks her head back under with a querying look. “I admire you too. Goddess of the Hearth.”
Amy shakes her head and rolls her eyes in pleasure. “You always know just what to say!” She blows a kiss and returns to the dimly lit chamber ahead, still in search of Jay and Mandy. Into the last room and down the hole… The remains of Esquibel’s barricade have been neatly stacked against one wall. She sits on the edge of the metal panels and dangles her feet over. The joys of being short.
And then, at the bottom, where she has to wriggle through the long mud cave, she gains no advantage from her small stature. Because as well as being the shortest member of the team, she’s the thickest. So, if anything, she gets even more filthy than the others. The joys of being… spherical.
But Amy has long ago accepted that she will never be the girlish Liza Minelli in Cabaret of her dreams. Although she did all she could through college to learn those tap dance routines. Well. That was an unexpected encounter with Triquet, but so necessary! And now, by the light of her phone, she navigates to the left-hand tunnel and the sound of voices in the distance.
Amy pops out into the bottom of a chimney filled with a meter or more of wet ash and a slurry of cinders. Jay is crouched on a bit of solid ground above the mess on the far wall. Mandy sloshes through the stew, drenched and stained nearly black by her hours of exertions. “Hey!” Amy calls out.
Mandy screams in surprise and nearly loses her footing.
Jay gasps at Amy, then immediately starts laughing to expel the sudden shot of adrenaline. “Hey hey. What up, boss.”
“We had a date, young man.” Amy peers upward, to see the chimney arrow straight upward with a ragged hole of gray way high up at the very top. As she watches, a tiny cloud crosses the opening, proving to her what she sees. “Who-o-o-o-a…!” She looks down at them in wonder. “How high is that?”
“Thinking like 400 meters or more,” Jay shrugs. “Straight up.”
“You two are crazy!” Amy laughs at them. “That’s so high! What do you even think you can do in here?”
“Well. It’s kinda been a long process, I guess.” Jay scrubs his hair while Mandy continues wading in circles, feeling for something with her feet. “It took hours just to break the last of the big burnt pieces into little pieces so we could get in here. Then we, well, we made some silly guesses about what we were seeing until we figured it out. It’s much more clear now, with the daylight up there.”
“We sort of had to reverse-engineer… No! I’ve already been here! Ugh.” Mandy reverses course. “So I mean yeah, Jay and I argued, and I now admit that we might not be able to get to the top this way ourselves but we started thinking, well, how the fuck did the military ever get up and down this shaft?”
“Elevator?” Amy guesses. “Honey, you got to get out of that water, your teeth are chattering.”
“In a minute. Right. An elevator. Must have been. Ain’t nobody climbing a ladder for hundreds of meters. So if I can just find the old metal connections down here… Not here… Oh, my feet are so numb I’m not sure I’d even feel them if I did. Like pulleys we think? Or at least some kind of anchor points…”
“And Mandy won’t let it drain any more before she checks.” Jay gave up an hour ago. “Sorry. Forgot about the date, Amy. Or, I mean, I actually didn’t, I just didn’t know it was already dawn.”
“It’s like 8:30. You two have been down here for like ten hours.”
“F-fine.” Mandy has waded over toward Amy and now holds her trembling arms upward like a child asking to be picked up. “We can come back in an hour.”
“Ha.” Amy pulls the waifish girl from the water and drags her up the slope of the passage floor to a dry spot before letting go. “You can come back tomorrow.”
“Tomorrow!” Mandy wails, but she doesn’t resist as Amy pulls her close and briskly rubs her back with a strong hand.
“Yes, Mandy. Tomorrow.” Amy shares a perplexed glance with Jay. What is wrong with Mandy? Her obsessive behavior is going to give her pneumonia.
Jay slides back into the slurry, wincing at the cold as he wades across. He is so done with freezing water. Even his bones are cold. “I know, but what was I gonna do, leave her?”
Ξ
Now that Plexity is mostly up and running, Flavia has taken a break from all the bug reports its users are generating to work a bit on the atmospheric modeling Katrina suggested they do for Mandy. First, they need to build a model of the lagoon and cliff faces in a virtual environment, then they should be able to start running processes.
It seemed like an impossible task at first. But Flavia discovered that the drone captures its flight path down to the closest meter. It also has collision-avoidance that doesn’t allow it to get closer than three meters to an object. So she and Katrina have spent all morning criss-crossing the lagoon, beach, creek, grove, and cliffs up to about a hundred meters, all at a three meter distance from said objects. Now their batteries are re-charging.
She has downloaded the flight data and created a plot of 1m2 resolution. It’s nearly a square kilometer so at a hundred meter height she has one hundred million data points. She can already feel her poor CPU crying. Katrina says she’ll build a beautiful visual representation of the wind current data but Flavia needs no such graphical user interface. She is happy with the columns of raw data. It is a nearly randomly-generated testbed, like a Minecraft seed. But it still follows organic principles of fractal erosion and Fibonacci propagation. The record in this dataset for vertical change between one square meter node and the next is on the cliffs, where there is a thirty-one meter differential. Amazing. They should also skin these tiles. Then she can assign friction values to each and perhaps, who knows, heat and humidity values? Well. Flavia will create the template and Mandy can hang whatever values she likes on them. Assuming they don’t melt their processors. But there will be shortcuts aplenty once it is up and running. Algorithms will automate nearly all of it once it is properly characterized. This will be fun! Of course it remains useless until they get proper readings for wind currents in the higher atmosphere but it is a good start.
Triquet emerges from a cell wearing their fanciest evening gown, dark blue satin adorned with costume jewels. They sashay around the bunker, dark red lipstick making their mouth a voluptuous heart. Without a word they approach each person and kiss them soundly on the cheek before discreetly re-applying the lipstick and moving on to the next. Soon, Flavia, Esquibel, and Maahjabeen are all kissed. And they are each given small gifts, chocolates wrapped with a tiny hand-written-and-decorated invitation.
Flavia cackles when Triquet kisses her. She needed someone to brighten her mood and here they are. She opens the invitation. It says, “Something special is in the air!” Bells and stars adorn the card. “Lunch outside at 1pm sharp, please.”
There is something about this day where everything feels settled. Flavia’s past life in Torino and Bergamo seems a faded dream now. This is her daily routine. She has adapted to squatting over the stinking trenches and casting handfuls of sand on her feces. Cold showers under the waterfall have become a thrilling treat and her little cell makes her imagine herself a nun in a convent, devoted in contemplation to the grand mysteries of life. And the beauty of the island can’t be denied. It is filling her with something deep and green, like the ancient Roman alabaster statues that grow moss on their lower fringes. She is ancient now like them, integrated into the world in ways she has never been, or ever wanted to be.
Katrina spins down the narrow hall between the cells, as pretty as a doll in Triquet’s borrowed finery. Her arms are above her head like she is some kind of calypso dancer and she is adorned with shiny bells and bands of gold. Her slender body is wrapped in tight layers of gold and silver lamé. A lion’s face has been artfully painted upon hers, with whiskers above hollows in her furred cheeks and a golden brow. “You are absolutely a vision!” Flavia catches her hand as she passes and kisses it.
Katrina purrs, “You think I don’t know?” She bumps her hip into Flavia’s shoulder then bends and kisses her other cheek.
“What is happening here? What is so special? Is it Carnaval?”
“No idea, love.” Katrina giggles. “But when Triquet tells you it’s open season on their wardrobe you don’t ask questions.” With a flourish, Katrina passes through the door to the camp outside.
Flavia hasn’t been on many field expeditions. In her experience, a career in mathematics has generally led to a lot of solitude with workstations and socially-inept conferences in sterile work spaces. But are life sciences expeditions all like this? Flavia turns to Maahjabeen. “Eh, sorellina, is today a holiday and I didn’t know?”
Maahjabeen is staring at her phone, hypnotized by the display options Plexity is offering her as she inputs tidal data from various points on the lagoon. Katrina has really outdone herself in offering ways to present, annotate, and track data. She is so impressed she doesn’t see Katrina’s costume and can’t tear her eyes from her screen. “Eh, Flavia…? What did you call me? What is a sorellina?”
“Ah. Little sister. No. Listen. I feel like I have been missing out. Are all biologist field trips like this such a party all the time?”
“What? No. Never.” Maahjabeen grimaces at the door and dismisses it all with a backward wave of her hand. “These people are weird. It is because of Alonso, I think. He is the first weird one. And he got Amy and Miriam to bring all their other weird people here. Then there is Katrina with her music and that drug addict Jay. These are not normal scientists. Not by any means.”
“Oh, good. I felt like I was taking the crazy pills. How do these people ever get any work done? I mean, not that I mind. I don’t always need it to be so formal…” And as if to prove her point, Katrina’s music blares from the camp, a lively Brazilian festival tune with a cheering chorus and lots of horns and drums.
At that moment, Jay and Mandy climb the stairs to the trap door and emerge from the rear of the bunker, shaking with cold and covered head to foot in ash and mud. But the music immediately grabs Jay and he shuffles stiffly forward. “What’s that I hear? The song of my peeps. All right. Hold on, DJ Bubblegum. On my way.”
His filthy appearance and joyous reaction are so preposterous that the initial shock Esquibel, Maahjabeen, and Flavia had upon seeing Jay and Mandy is released as gales of laughter. Jay waddles out the door, whooping like a cowboy. But Mandy is in more dire need. She collapses in Esquibel’s arms.
“Oh my god, Mands. You’re a mess. What have you done?”
“I’ve been…” Mandy releases a shuddering breath, “doing real work. Finally. After all these weeks. I’ve been working.”
“Come on. Let’s get you cleaned up.” Esquibel begins peeling clothes from Mandy’s soaked body.
Amy appears with two large towels, wiping her own clothes clean. “Wait. Where’s the boy?”
Flavia leans forward and peers out the door. “Dancing. Poorly.”
“What a loon. Oh, wow. What’s the big celebration here?”
Flavia shrugs. “Nobody knows but Triquet.”
Triquet, dancing a fair bit better than Jay, reappears in the door and hands out more invitations. They kiss Amy soundly on the cheek and crow, “This party is for Doctor Kubota! Goddess of the Hearth!” Then they hand Mandy an invitation but Esquibel fends off their ritual kiss until she can scrub Mandy’s cheek clean.
“There.”
Triquet leans in and kisses the clean cheek presented. “Oh, dear one. You’re freezing!” Triquet breathes into the hollow of Mandy’s neck and holds her icy hands as Esquibel scrubs her back.
Flavia realizes she will get no more work done this day. With a sigh she saves her work one last time and puts her laptop to sleep. Well, she is hungry anyway. And if there is drinking in the future she needs to have something in her empty belly first.
The day outside is eerily beautiful. The marine layer that nearly always covers the sky now only rests atop the island, like a dark gray hat that protects it from prying eyes. But the surrounding sea is luminous green with sunlight. And the wind is warm. Ahh. She could get used to a warm wind. It feels like such a luxury.
Katrina is up on her platform, swaying in time to her beats. Flavia is struck once again by the vision. This lively sprite… she deserves a better nickname than DJ Bubblegum. It occurs to Flavia that she must actually have one. She is a real DJ in Australia. She must have like a professional stage name. She crosses to Katrina and shouts up at her, “You are fabulous. What is your real name?”
Katrina isn’t sure she heard Flavia right so she pulls her headphones all the way off and laughs. “Repeat that?”
“We call you DJ Bubblegum. But what is your real DJ name?”
“Oh. Ha. I’ve had several. When I was fifteen me and my mates just took silly names. I was Seventy-heaven and I spun J-pop and house. Then when I was really into dark techno and gabber they called me Lamassu. But for the last few years I’ve been on this lush electro thing and I’m known as haiku triplet.”
“Haiku triplet? That’s what people call you?”
“It’s my slogan, a haiku with a little extra on the end:
First I will measure
the breadth of my life
and then I will cut to its depth.”
Flavia nods, appreciating the rule-breaking rhythmic triplet of the last line. Katrina hops back to her decks for a transition into a disco beat. Flavia turns away, recalling her mission to get food, but Jay grabs her by the hands and gets her dancing with him. She does all she can to avoid his mud and ash but within moments they mark her clothes. Ah well. Not that this top was clean anyway.
She finally disentangles herself and slips away to the kitchen tables, where she locates a clean plate and fork. Peeking under several pot lids rewards her with beans and rice. Topped with some of this horrible American parmesan and olive oil it isn’t half bad.
Flavia sits on the edge of Alonso’s platform beside him in his camp chair. She puts a hand on his shoulder, to ask if she can get him anything, but before words can issue from her open mouth he gasps. They all do. A troop of young Lisicans has issued from the door of the bunker. They are bare-chested, carrying nets and double-pronged fishing spears. They had been chattering but when the door opens they fall silent and goggle at Katrina’s music and the details of the camp.
“Uh oh. Wait. Hey.” Amy doesn’t know what to say. She stands and waves her hands ineffectually in both warning and welcome.
Katrina cuts the volume by half and grimaces in apology. She doesn’t know how bizarre that looks through her lion makeup. Jay, dancing with his eyes closed, raises his arms when the volume drops and bawls, “Aw, c’mon!” Then he opens his eyes and sees the villagers huddled by the door. “Ah. Oh. Hey, what’s up, my brothers and sisters? Fuck yeah. Little bit of dancing, little bit of fishing. This day’s looking up!” He claps his hands softly to the beat as he approaches the Lisicans, waddling on stiff legs. “Hey, gang. How they runnin’?”
The boldest of the Lisicans, a young woman they have seen before up in the village, steps into the camp. She speaks a long string of words to Jay, then points at him with the tip of her thumb, as if she is identifying him. “Ya-assa-ghay.”
Katrina mimics that last word into her mic, “Ya-assa-ghay,” looping the phrase over and over again in an echo. The Lisicans turn toward the sound in wonder as it skirls up a major scale and shatters like glass. “Okay. Sorry, that was a bit much. But check it out, peeps. Uh… ‘Lisica,’” she breathes, making it echo gently in a soothing refrain, fading like waves on the shore.
The villagers talk energetically to each other, recognizing the word. Katrina squeals with pleasure, jumping from her platform and bringing the microphone with her. She stands in front of the young woman with her friendliest smile. “Good morning.”
The young woman points at her own face with the tip of her thumb and says, “G̱óo-n-aa.”
“G̱óo-n-aa? That’s your name?” But the rising inflection of the question is obviously wrong. Katrina repeats it as a musician, not a linguist, getting the pace and intonation right. “G̱óo-n-aa.”
G̱óo-n-aa smiles when Katrina speaks her name into the mic.
“I’m Katrina. Uh. Bontiik. Listen up. G̱óo-n-aa…” She sings it, a long pretty croon that maintains the tonal profile but elongates the vowels. Katrina retreats to her platform where she records another loop and mixes the name into a violin arpeggio. G̱óo-n-aa cries out in a register that’s alien to the researchers. They can’t tell if it’s pleasure or outrage or terror. The other Lisicans start calling out G̱óo-n-aa as well, layering their voices in with the dance track. It is soon a discordant wreck, but everyone seems merry about it except for G̱óo-n-aa.
She steps through the camp, gaze turning from the laptop to the kitchen tables to the parachute hanging above. Then her eyes drop to the beach. She is alarmed to see the huge fallen redwood trunk, and calls out to the other villagers, making it clear that she hasn’t seen the beach since the tree fell a couple weeks before.
“Who wants to hear their name next?” Katrina asks into the mic.
Alonso holds up a hand. “Katrina. It’s too much.”
She smiles, abashed, knowing it’s true. With a sigh she steps back, shaking her head in rueful surrender. She just couldn’t switch gears fast enough and now she’s spooked them. Not that there was going to be a chance they’d meet in the middle today, not when her enthusiasm was already so high. “Good call, Alonso. I was about to offer them some LSD.”
“Katrina! How could you—?” Mandy sputters, outraged that she could ever consider such a thing.
“Joking. Just joking here.” Katrina holds up her hands. “Sorry. I like cracking jokes in inappropriate settings. I thought we’d already discovered that about me.”
The Lisicans, unburdened for a moment by the attention of the researchers, take the opportunity to slip out onto the beach. They climb the trunk and disappear on the far side, Jay not too far behind. The others only watch as he clambers stiffly over the log and calls out to the Lisicans before dropping out of view.
The others stand, watching, the forgotten music still pumping out a disco beat. Finally, Pradeep rouses himself. “So this lagoon is a regular fishing resource for them. We should have registered that when they came through last time. So that changes our approach here doesn’t it? This lagoon and beach isn’t any kind of pristine ecological environment, Alonso. It is being harvested and most likely cultivated by this, uh, this civilization here. This is a garden, not a wild forest. We can’t properly characterize the life on Lisica without…” He trails away, knowing Alonso doesn’t want to hear it.
But Alonso is a scientist, and this is where the data leads. Human presence and all that it implies. He sighs in acceptance. Regardless of the headaches it will cause, Lisicans fishing in the lagoon is what life on the island is actually about. Now he just wishes he’d thought to bring his friend Alastair Brock, a wonderful anthropologist. He would have known just what to do with these villagers. But none of the rest of them really do. “We will need to figure out how to handle these interactions. Like Esquibel said, we need some kind of protocol. We should work on developing that, team. Until then… Eh… Just keep the locals safe and treat them with respect. That is our first priority.”
“Yes, we should all be wearing masks, people.” Esquibel hurries to the kitchen tables and opens one of the plastic bins beneath, where she finds a box of unopened masks. She hands them out. “Ugh. And we should definitely be getting one to Jay.”
“I’m beginning to wonder if they really have any effect.” Miriam holds hers in her hands, not yet putting it on.
“Oh, Doctor Truitt,” Esquibel begins. “Don’t tell me you’re one of those. People who think masks don’t work aren’t—”
“Nay, I’m not an idiot. I know a properly-fitted medical-grade mask does its job. I’m just saying we’ve been afraid this whole time that we’d get these islanders sick. But so far our hygiene has been… not great, and we keep having contacts with them where they have long exposures to us when we’re not wearing masks, I mean, like that one time when the kids had Katrina for hours in the rain down here? And as far as we know none of them have gotten sick. Has anyone seen any signs of illness in the Lisicans since we’ve made contact?”
They all shake their heads no, sharing frowns.
“No no no. That is very bad news,” Pradeep stands and crosses his arms. “Because I can only think of a couple scenarios where that is possible and one of them isn’t possible at all, that they have some kind of super-universal immunity to all the diseases that we have stored in us.”
“Yes, there is no way that is true.” Esquibel is at a loss. “That would be a medical miracle that has never been seen yet it is impossible. But it has only been a couple weeks. Perhaps many of the diseases we have infected them with are still incubating?” Her voice trails off even as she says it, the likelihood of that being true of every strain of herpes and rhinovirus that they carry as a matter of course can’t be true either.
“So then what’s your other scenario, Pradeep?” Flavia demands. “The one that is making you so nervous?”
He blanches. “The other, likely, possibility we may have to consider here is that the Lisicans have enough regular contact with others in the modern world that they’ve already had their plagues and adaptations and gained enough immunity to global diseases. And if that is the case, then that means we may not be as alone here as we think we are…”
“Ehhh… No, I do not like that idea,” Esquibel exclaims. “Like who are we talking? Like—like spies?”
“Shouldn’t you be the one who knows?” Miriam shakes her head with worry. “But getting back to my original point, let me be clear: I’m not saying we should stop using masks. I’m just disturbed by the lack of, uh, medical issues that have been caused so far.”
“Who else could it be?” Flavia wonders. “There was that Chinese plane wing that Maahjabeen discovered.”
“Maybe the Japanese? How long have they been gone from that other bunker you discovered during the storm, Maahjabeen?”
“No no.” She dismisses the idea. “The Japanese have been gone since the end of the war. The Russians were in there after. Maybe it is them. Maybe there are still Russians who come in. Or maybe it’s more American military types. There is no reason to believe, well, anything they have told us about the history of the island. It has been nothing but surprises since we came here.”
“Or… somebody private…?” Katrina thinks back to the Jules Verne book she read when she was like twelve about an island in the Pacific and the evil genius who lived in the sea caves beneath. “Wait. Wasn’t that Captain Nemo? In the story?” But she can tell she’s lost them all. “Or maybe like a James Bond villain somewhere down there. We could’ve been drinking martinis this whole time.”
Esquibel shakes her head. “No, please no fantasy stories right now. It makes no sense. But Pradeep is correct. With the amount of contact we’ve had, we should have seen at least a common cold or two by now. But I don’t know how to actually plan for that. We just don’t have evidence for other, eh, modern people being here. Yet another security concern for us. I wish you would let me at least fortify the bunker. We must remain vigilant.”
The music stops. Katrina scurries off to the bunker, to return with her laptop and its list of Eyat phrases. Triquet sighs, sad. “Apparently so. Mother mercy it’s hard getting you people in a proper party mood and when I finally do, the locals show up and ruin all our fun. Colonial tourism just isn’t the glory it used to be.”
“What is this party anyway, Triquet? What is it about a lunch?” Alonso is glad the subject has been changed. He is never happy to have geopolitics and paranoia dominate his science mission.
“Oh. Well. Just a little celebration I wanted to have. Not that I did any cooking. You’re all on your own for that. But I just wanted to… I’ve been feeling… very alone here… But I had a marvelous little gabfest with Doctor Goddess Kubota here and found out I’m not quite the special little pony here that I thought I was.”
“What are they talking about, Amy?” Alonso turns to her, helpless with confusion.
“Triquet didn’t know you and I were gay lovers.”
“Ah! Yes. The good old days.” Alonso chuckles.
“Wait. What?” Maahjabeen looks from face to knowing face. Evidently she is the last one to not know this. Gay lovers? Is she not understanding some weird American slang? How could that even be true between Alonso and Amy? She is missing something here. She studies Pradeep’s face. He appears unsurprised. What is this, an inside joke? She will ask him when they are alone together.
“Bless. Amy’s old news is worth celebrating?” Miriam laughs. “What if I told you I once made out with Sinead O’Connor?”
Katrina’s head snaps up. “Fuck off. No way.”
Triquet squeals and throws themself into Miriam’s lap. “Details! Details! Was she still bald? What did she smell like?”
But Miriam is laughing too hard to answer.
“See. Here’s the problem.” Katrina slams her laptop closed and gestures at it as if it’s misbehaving. “There’s no Bontiik in this Eyat list. And no Ya-assa-ghay or Wetchie-ghuy. Maybe I’m wrong. Maybe they’re from a different language group entirely. And I just can’t wrap my head around some of this phrasing.” She opens her laptop again and reads out, “A ee- ⁓ a- (postpositional pronoun) her; him; to | to her/him (a non-main character of a narrative or event) | third person obviate postpositional • used in certain verbs where something is going towards the object (literally or figuratively).” She screws her face up in consternation. “I mean, there’s this whole weird way of looking at the world they have that is just so alien to us. Like their homeland is an object toward which the sea is directed. But the movement of the sea is the important part. Not the object, the homeland itself. Or it is so modified by activity and motion upon it that it becomes something else.”
This dense info-dump stuns them into silence. In the distance they can hear Jay whoop with joy but they still can’t see him.
Triquet dusts off their skirt and smirks at everyone. “Great party, no? I only throw the best. But anyway. Before I lose the spotlight completely here, I just wanted to share one other little thought about things. Amy, you know how I was down in the sub looking all night for an image I’d seen that reminded me of Katrina’s textile artifact?”
“Oh my god.” Amy sits up. “Did you find it?”
“I did. I couldn’t remember where I’d seen it because it was just a fragment of one of the torn-up photos. And I couldn’t make sense of what I was seeing when I sorted them. But now I’ve put it back together.” Triquet crosses to their platform and lifts a manila folder. Opening it carefully, they show everyone the photo they have painstakingly re-assembled.
“What is that word?” Alonso squints at the letters written above the wall in the grainy black and white photo. It displays an altar with an ancient Eastern Orthodox cross, a battered lacquer reliquary box, a fishing spear made of bone, and a tapestry like the one Katrina photographed. “I think the letters are in Cyrillic.”
Triquet shows the photo to Katrina. Phonetically, she sounds out a word unknown to them all: “Ji-da-daa.”
Chapter 26 – Starting Over Now
June 25, 2024
Thanks for joining us for the second volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:
26 – Starting Over Now
Triquet sits up, happy to be done with the worst night of sleep they have ever had. No blankets. Not a stitch. Just their four bodies lying in a shivering pile outside the entrance to the smoking tunnel. Now Triquet extricates themself from the others and rub their own shoulders, trying to get some circulation going again. Ye gods, that was awful. And it felt like fourteen hours. Just interminable. Only now, with the silver dawn filling the interior valleys, are they able to move. Finding a latrine is probably the first order of business, but they don’t know where they are. Far enough away that the stink doesn’t carry to the village. And not anywhere down the path they took the day before.
The stand-off with the other village had lasted into the afternoon, until the wind had finally shifted and the smoke no longer pressed them up against their bank of the river. Once they departed, the others on the far side did too, without a word of farewell or warning. Triquet could tell it was obviously a distinct cultural convention, and worth all the study in the world, but it was really somewhat outside their wheelhouse. Where’s Clifford Geertz when you need him?
So they’d returned to the smoky village to find that Wetchie-ghuy or his minions had been there, with a new feather and stick fetish hanging from a hut’s pole and his name on everyone’s lips. The villagers, who had grown very glum since the smoke had begun, now grew even more downcast.
They’d all shuffled sadly into their huts as night had fallen, leaving Triquet, Miriam, Katrina, and Jay to fend for themselves. So they found a hollow at the base of a cliff and basically used Jay as a bed. He insisted that it wasn’t the first time it happened and Katrina had laughingly corroborated him.
It must have dropped into the mid teens at night. And none of them in insulating layers. They shifted and shivered and held each other tight, sleeping in fits and starts. At one point smoke rolled in again. Just as they thought they might need to evacuate the village it cleared away and they tried to sleep once more.
Now Triquet is glad to be up. Their mask had gone crooked during the night so they make sure to affix it properly again. Afflicting these poor villagers with a plague would be adding more than insult to injury. Gah, what a curse modern humans are. We helplessly destroy everything we touch.
The two options Triquet has to relieve their bladder are the two trails they’ve successfully traveled on: the wide trail leading down to the river and the game trail Jay followed Morska Vidra and the others up and over. Deciding against pissing in the wind, Triquet hurries down the wide trail, thinking that before they get to the first stream there is a broad forest behind which they might find a moment’s privacy.
Moments later, straightening from a crouch, Triquet feels eyes on them. They hurrily finish, scrubbing themself clean with a handful of moss, covering their mess, and pull their pants up. The dark eyes in the seamed face gleam in the morning light.
“Good morning. Not polite to stare, you know. At least where I’m from.” Triquet doesn’t recognize this old man. He is short, with a barrel-chest and round face. His curls are gray but he isn’t ancient. Perhaps in his fifties. And he crouches at the side of the trail, where Triquet left it to find some privacy. Now they will have to pass him to return to the trail.
There is something malevolent in the old man. The staff he leans on doesn’t look dangerous, but Triquet remembers how villagers from across the river carried spears. Maybe he was from there. That would just be Triquet’s luck.
Triquet doesn’t know self-defense, but in an earlier life they weren’t a bad soccer player and they still trust their kicks. If the old creep gets up to anything, then…
And that’s exactly what happens. As Triquet nears him, the old man says something unwholesome and grabs his own genitals. Then he says the word koox̱ and reaches for Triquet’s.
With a shrill scream, Triquet jumps back and away, their foot connecting with the man’s outstretched forearm. He watched Triquet as they did their business. Now he wants to confirm what he saw. What is the great goddamn fascination certain people have with nongendered people and bathrooms? How, in the middle of absolutely nowhere planet earth is Triquet still being forced to deal with this utter bullshit?
Triquet hurries down the path, the old man’s croupy laugh in their ears. Disgusting. Horrible. Infuriating. It’s only when Triquet re-enters the village and their gaze falls on the fetish that had been waiting here in the village when they’d returned last night that Triquet realizes who that was.
“Where were you?” Jay whispers and Triquet jumps. He did an admirable job of creeping noiselessly across the village to join Triquet here beside the hut that sports the fetish. “You find a spot to pee?”
Triquet shakes their head no and leads Jay by the arm away from the wide trail heading down to the river. “Up there. That’s your best bet.”
A wind rises and the morning birds go silent. A few villagers appear in their doors, looking with fear at the sky.
Triquet and Jay look skyward as well. The smoke is still there, hanging in the still air. Why is the air still? They just heard the wind. But it isn’t a wind. It’s an uncanny sound, with a high pitched whine slicing the air… It’s the oncoming white noise of a black drone. That’s what the birds and villagers both heard.
It hovers above them, slowly circling, as if unsure it sees them. Jay yelps, leaping into the air. “Yo! Here! We’re here!”
Katrina stumbles out from her spot beside the cliff, dragged out of sleep, unable to process what is happening. Jay pushes her arms into the air.
“There! Up there! You see it?”
But it isn’t getting any lower. Now it hovers over the clearing. The villagers have all vanished inside again. Whatever omen this inexplicable thing brings is entirely unwelcome, that’s for sure.
After a long moment, the drone’s servo underneath, that Katrina usually uses to hook Mandy’s weather station, now releases a small sachet or bag. It spins downward at an angle, catching a breeze, and blows into the trees that lead to the river.
Jay yelps again and takes off at a loping run, crossing the village and heading down the wide path. It couldn’t have gone much farther than this. The breeze wasn’t that stiff. But it fell like it was almost pulled under the eaves…
A small brown figure crouches over a bush, using a staff to pull the sachet to them. Wetchie-ghuy. He’s stealing what the drone dropped. “Hey!” Jay runs to him but the old man cackles and spins away, diving into the ceanothus and disappearing underneath.
Jay tries to follow but he is much larger. The old man tumbles forward with shocking speed, vanishing in an instant from view.
“Hey! Hey! Now, goddamnit that’s not yours!” Jay has hardly ever felt such fury. It was just such a patently wicked thing to do, he is outraged to his core. Just who the fuck is this guy?
But he’s lost him in the underbrush. The clever little bastard has wriggled away like a cat. Jay has lost. With a ragged sigh he pulls himself out of the clawing branches and turns dejectedly toward the village. The drone is gone. Probably out of battery. And their plan is ruined, whatever it was.
A cry of pain emerges from the underbrush. Jay turns back to it. After a bit, a silver fox trots out beside Jay, carrying the sachet in its mouth. It’s close enough for Jay to see a folded piece of paper in the transparent silk sack. With a crow of delight he reaches for the fox but it trots clear and takes the sachet back to the village.
Ah. This is Morska Vidra’s fox. Now the sachet belongs to him.
Ξ
“Hurry! It’s very strong!” Flavia grips a stick with monofilament line wrapped around it as a primitive fishing pole. Her first catch!
Maahjabeen lopes across the sand, laughing at her. “Ohh, very good. Jay is going to be so jealous that we started without him.”
“Well… we can hope…” Flavia grunts with effort between each phrase, “…that they get back… in time… for him to cook it!”
“He really is the best cook.” Maahjabeen drops to her knees at the edge of the water. Flavia marches steadily backward, feet digging into the sand. How large is this beast?
Finally it emerges, a pink rockfish nearly half a meter in length. It struggles mightily, and Maahjabeen wades into the water to hold its spiny ridge against her leg while she stabs her filet knife behind its skull, severing its spine. It shivers and blood stains the water. Something deep and sad plunges within her as it always does. This is such a beautiful and complex life that she has taken. “Inshallah,” she breathes, knowing that God is in even this—especially this—even if she is having trouble finding Him. She pulls the heavy creature from the water, Flavia whooping and carrying on like she just scored a goal at the World Cup. Maahjabeen smiles gently at her friend, realizing that, to the mathematician, this beautiful fish is just food.
Perhaps Pradeep is the same. How could he not be? He is a killer of epic proportions. He wipes out entire colonies of mold and bacteria for the sake of his curiosity and career. He affixes bugs to pins and feeds the blood of birds and fish into those creepy readers the army gave them. Echh… Maahjabeen doesn’t trust them. She doesn’t know why, or how they could possibly be misused. But their origin is all she needs to despise them. Fortunately, her work hardly requires their use. But even so, she suggests, “We should get a sample for Plexity before we cut it up into sushi.”
Flavia cackles and lifts the fish. It is surprisingly heavy. She has never landed such a huge fish. It weighs like three kilos. The most she’d ever caught were little shining sardines in a net off the Amalfi coast one summer that she and her brother always put back. But this is enough to feed the whole camp. “Is it good? Can we eat it?”
“Rockfish? Oh, yes. Very tasty. You find it in most supermarkets. But ehh, now I am wondering how the removal of this fellow will affect the lagoon’s balance here and the reef where it hunted. We are having an impact for sure. I don’t know what rockfish eat, but whatever it is will breathe a sigh of relief tonight. At least until another one moves in.”
“It is our original sin, eh? Humans. We stain whatever we touch. With dirt and blood. Concrete and steel…” A kind of restless claustrophobia possesses Flavia. She is of a generation that sees nothing but its own impact. She can’t even have this, without guilt. But what is she to do? She needs to eat. Something usually dies somewhere when it is time for her to eat. Now multiply that by eight billion. A daily river of blood.
Flavia is reminded of a conversation she had with Jay the week before and now her perspective pulls far back, as it often does, to encompass the entire planet over eons. She watches the wars and the slaughter and the founding of cities on coasts and along rivers, clay and stone accretions rising like termite mounds in pyramids then skyscrapers, tiny chrysalis collections filled with light and life… “Huh. That is all we are, no?”
Maahjabeen looks at Flavia sidelong, envious of the dreamy abstractions she so effortlessly conjures. “What?”
“We aren’t individuals, us wriggling hairless worms. No. No, we aren’t even a swarm or a collective. We aren’t the point at all. See, you have to think about it over a long enough timescale. What is the first thing we do anywhere we go? We build. Look, if you were an alien in the sky studying Earth over millennia, you would see what is happening down here more like coral reefs. Our identity isn’t in this.” Flavia sweeps her hand over her body. “Or even in this.” She taps her temple. “It’s in the buildings that house us. They satisfy all our needs for safety and security and sturdiness, our claims against death. We want immortality. Concrete and steel give it. Wood and tile. My mother’s family has a villa in Verona that was built in 1582. It has outlived everyone. It is the family, in ways that none of us are. We are just the wriggling worms bringing it food and minerals so it can grow larger. And then families combine into villages and towns. Our cities now are concrete for hundreds of square kilometers. The nervous system is the power grid, the blood vessels and digestion the water and sewer lines. Huh. Jay told me this and I have never seen it so clearly before. All our science and religion matter less than our architecture. We build reefs.”
Maahjabeen was with her until that last bit. No, there must be a way to include Allah in this thrilling vision. It runs so counter to what Maahjabeen has ever believed to be true: that instead she is a unique shriven soul standing alone in God’s light, with her family and culture more important than anything but the ocean itself. To instead put all the emphasis on inert walls and roofs and floors seems heretical somehow. “I don’t like it. It removes the human from the system.”
“Well, that’s the thing. It’s only the accumulated expression of millions of humans over thousands of years that eventually makes a city state. We build and build. I wonder what the endpoint might be? A conscious city? Perhaps Hong Kong might be a good test lab, constrained and geographically isolated as it is. But no. Think. What is Hong Kong but an expression of human thought and will? Production and creativity? Towers rising to the sky. The entire landscape remade to suit its own needs. So we are not humans, no, we are towns and cities with millions of tiny little human agents working within.”
Maahjabeen shudders, the images getting too uncanny. What does that make her, then, as a solitary researcher on the waves? Perhaps she is a spore or whatever the coral polyps have that is floating on the currents, off to explore the world and found her own colony. But eh. “No. Building more buildings is not at all what I want from my life.”
“We don’t even have to,” Flavia shrugs, staring out over the water at the gray horizon, visualizing what she sees: a jumble of all the great structures she can imagine, and even some more humble, farms isolated in fields. “There are already enough sites. Our era just needs to contribute to the structures already on them.”
Prophet save her. That’s enough science fiction for one day. Maahjabeen lifts the rockfish to her shoulder and carries it across the sand back to camp. Halfway back, she tries to assure Flavia that she will get all the credit for catching dinner tonight, but when she turns to say so she realizes Flavia hasn’t come with her. She is still on the beach, staring pensively out at the horizon, caught in her vision of the distant future. What a strange person.
As she reaches the edges of the camp, Mandy rushes up to Maahjabeen, clapping and squealing with joy. Her grief has vanished and she is spritely again, her long hair pulled away in a ponytail. She goggles at the fish but it hardly delays her own good news: “There’s rain coming! Ra-a-a-i-i-i-i-n! It’ll put out the fire!”
Ξ
Esquibel has never taken a better bite of food than the rice and fish steaming in her bowl. Fresh fish is such a luxury. So nutrient-dense. She can already feel her body start to respond, as if chambers deep in her thoracic cavity and legs only now fill with vitality after being bare-as-her-childhood-cupboards for so long.
Triquet is telling the story of their separation by fairy light, LED strands which Katrina hung upon her return while Jay happily deboned the fish and made this incredible meal. They all look well and Miriam assured her they practiced good mask discipline during their forty-three hour ordeal. Now Esquibel’s mind can’t focus on Triquet’s story, which flits from subject to observation to conjecture, too much all at once for her to absorb.
She sighs and takes another bite. It’s the meal that is disordering her focus more than anything. It’s nearly a sexual experience. Somewhere between sex and the religious ecstasies she witnessed in Nairobi’s Pentecostal churches. Paroxysms of joy. The meaning of life in sensory pleasure. Or rather, sensation so profound it introduces you to one or more gods. Life can be so good! Esquibel privately resolves to stop thinking poorly of Jay. The strapping lad obviously has his uses. And he is such a gentle soul. She can taste it in the broth in the bottom of the bowl. Nourishing. Comforting. How could he do that with such simple ingredients?
She studies Jay across the circle of chairs as they eat, Triquet’s narrative including smoke and storm and a whole new village of warlike Lisicans to worry about. Jay is an engaged listener, nodding and laughing at each recollection without taking the focus away from Triquet, who is of course an excellent storyteller. Jay feels Esquibel’s eyes on him and when he looks her way she toasts him with the bowl. “It’s lovely. Thank you.”
He blushes, looking like he’s six years old. Esquibel shakes her head in amusement. She’s never known someone so truly young. So callow. Is this how they breed them in California? Puff them with innocence like marshmallows? Or is it only that life is so easy on his beach? This is a man who has never needed to learn how to be an adult. Life has removed those considerations. She is at once envious and bitterly judgmental. How can someone ever learn any kind of toughness unless he has faced adversity? How could he truly have a worthwhile character if each one of his needs every day of his life was met by merely holding out his hand? Look at him. He doesn’t even know how good he’s got it. That charming smile. Those blond good looks and that open, friendly innocence are worth millions of dollars. More. They are priceless. They will open every door for him throughout his life.
Ahh, her head is skipping again from thing to thing. It’s almost like she is drunk! She has to have better self-control or she will start to think about things that would remain better-off unthought and get herself in trouble. With effort, Esquibel stiffens her spine, levering what she had once identified as her T2 thoracic vertebra to rock back into a military posture. There. Now her training will help her master herself. Her head suddenly rises so high it stops Triquet’s recitation.
“What? What is it, Doc? Something in the dark?”
“Ehh?” Esquibel realizes she has pulled focus. Now everyone is looking at her. “Ah. Yes. Something maybe I heard. But I don’t think so. I think it was just… never mind. Please continue. I am only hearing things.” She waves everyone’s concern away and puts the bowl to her lips again, to hide behind it.
Triquet resumes where they left off. “And then, after I was done I pulled up my drawers and who do you think is standing there watching me? Wetchie-ghuy.”
“No.” Flavia shoots to her feet, holding a warding hand between her and Triquet. “No, I do not want to hear this story. So please maybe you do not tell it.”
Triquet sighs. “That’s fine. I won’t go into details. It went… okay. But he’s just a disgusting little toad, for sure. No, Flavia. Please stay. I’ll skip that whole part. But I can’t skip his involvement in what came next. You have to hear about what happened to the little bag the drone dropped. He stole it.”
“I swear,” Jay says, “he voodoo-ed that shit down into where he was hiding in the trees. There was no reason it should have dropped the way it did. Like at a forty degree angle.”
Triquet bows toward Jay with a flourish. “And superhero here went scrambling after it, but Wetchie-ghuy got to it first.”
“Of course!” Flavia scowls as Maahjabeen puts an arm around her. “The little creep.”
“But just as he was getting away…” Jay pauses. “You’ll like this, Flavia, the village fox ran into the bushes where he was hiding and bit him. Stole the, what was it like a big tea sachet? out of his hand and ran it right back to Morska Vidra, who didn’t want to touch it at all. But they wouldn’t let us have it back either. So they argued about it all night and into the storm. We never did get the sachet back. And as far as I know they still haven’t opened it. What does it even say?”
“Just an explanation of the current state of affairs, in case you didn’t know them.” Pradeep leans back against one of the posts of his platform, bowl balanced on his knees. “Where the fire was and how it got started and estimates on how long it might burn. Amy added some very nice words of encouragement. And Esquibel included a medical pamphlet for common field wounds.”
“Christ,” Miriam shakes her head, “imagine how they’re reacting to those mysterious written artifacts now. That were delivered by a giant buzzing black sky insect. We just invented an entire bloody religion with that one stunt. Thanks, Sony.”
“I tried to keep it up out of view but I suppose it is such a unique sound that they hadn’t heard before there was no way I could hide it.” Pradeep shrugs, helpless. “Shoot. The drone seemed like such a good idea at the time. But when it came time to actually write out the message, it turned out there was hardly anything to tell you besides to hang tight. And now I’ve traumatized an entire village. I’ve broken the prime directive!”
“Uh, we all have at this point, mate. We’re pretty bad trekkies for sure. Can I share a bit of my own story?” Katrina squeezes Triquet’s arm. “I’ve been so busy since we got back but now I have some results to share.”
“Yeah, you vanished, there at the end.” Triquet steps back, granting the space to Katrina, and finds their bowl. Time for seconds. Over their shoulder, they call out, “I was afraid our debacle had left you hurting, sweetie, but I didn’t want to intrude.”
“No. Not at all. See, well, confession time. I did a bit of a no-no yesterday when we got driven out of the village by the smoke and I hung back a bit to snap this.” Katrina holds up her phone. On it is a photo of a rough bare interior wall, on which hangs a cape or a tapestry. The flash illuminates its details sharply: it is quite old and tattered, its dark blocky designs faded to shadow. Katrina zooms in on the textile piece and hands her phone around. “I really hope no one was still in there, like hanging back, like hiding in the corner when my flash went off. Talk about starting a religion.”
“What is that?” Alonso can’t make sense of the abstract shapes, inexplicable as cave paintings. “I don’t get it. Is that a shawl?”
“I didn’t dare mention I’d done it while we were still there. In case any of them found out.” Katrina’s voice is conspiratorial. “What if I’d broken a real taboo? So I waited until we were back here safe and sound to bring it up. So look. I compared this image to all the art examples I could find for all the nearby peoples. I started pretty much counterclockwise. The Kiril Islanders. The Ainu of Japan. Various Polynesian groups in Samoa and Hawai’i. All the Native American peoples of the West Coast. And I finally found a close match for the artistic style.”
“You did?” Triquet’s voice is loudest above the others. This is big news and they’re all excited by it. Triquet begs for Katrina’s phone for another inspection of the artifact.
But now Katrina plays coy. “No no, you pack of geniuses. Guess. Whose artwork is it? Who does this look like to you?”
“It’s gonna be something weird,” Amy chuckles, “like from Chile or not even the Pacific Ocean. What do Bosnian designs look like?”
Pradeep holds his hand out. “Let me see it again.” Katrina hands him her phone and he studies it in silence as the others think.
“Didn’t one of us have a Masters in Design or something?” Jay wonders. “Ask them.”
“Yeah,” Mandy snorts. “Katrina.”
Katrina shrugs. “I’m not the expert here. Triquet’s our star archaeologist. But that’s cheating. Let’s hear what the amateurs think first.”
Pradeep finally pronounces, “That art style is so familiar. Like the faces on a totem pole. I will guess one of the peoples of the Northwest. Like near Seattle.”
“Good eye!” Katrina takes her phone back and indicates different parts of the faded artwork. “These do indeed compare to the distinct artistic styles of the Northwest Pacific cultures. See if you look real close here you can still find a tiny bit of red and blue pigments. Then look. This is what it looks like if you take a couple hours to digitally fill in those gaps with paint… Here’s my rough attempt.” She swipes to the next photo, where she’s painted the spots that have faded. “See? It nearly looks like what it is…”
Triquet finally snatches the phone from her hand, brow furrowed, to crouch in the sand and study the photos in detail.
“Who are the tribes of Seattle? Or the nations, I guess?” Mandy tries to remember what she knows of them.
Katrina starts bouncing up and down, unable to contain her excitement. “Well, here’s the thing. Totem poles and this kind of indigenous Northwest style is somewhat shared among the different Salish peoples. But it goes all the way up the coast and that’s where our Lisicans are from. Alaska. But they aren’t Salishan. They’re probably related to the modern-day Tlingit.”
“Tlingit!” Triquet exclaims. “I see it! The geometric patterns! Excellent detective work, love!” Katrina takes a small bow.
“Tlingit…” Alonso has heard the word before, but knows next to nothing about the people behind it. “And is Tlingit their word for themselves or our word for them?”
“Well, I’ve only done the most preliminary reading, so I’m not really sure. They live on Alaska’s panhandle, you know that part that stretches down into Canada? There are four basic divisions, apparently.” Katrina reads from her phone, “Southern Tlingit, Northern, Inland, and Gulf Coast Tlingit. And each of these regions have a bunch of different tribes and councils. So they all have names of their own for themselves. Says they’re all super private, so there isn’t much about them in our files. I can do better research, of course, when we’re back somewhere online but…”
“I am unconvinced.” Alonso sits back, automatically settling into his old position of judging doctoral candidates. “Your evidence is too tenuous. It is only a single item. What if they are from somewhere completely different, like a tribe from the south or something, and a single Tlingit once visited them a hundred years ago and left this piece as a gift? What if it is not Tlingit at all? You need more than a sample size of one.”
Katrina vigorously nods in agreement. “Yes. Yes, and that’s why I was overjoyed to find this, like, blog with some Tlingit phrases. There isn’t like a translation program or a whole online dictionary really anywhere, at least that I can access here. But some of the words do match. So here’s my second line of evidence. Then I looked more deeply and realized it’s actually more related to an extinct Athabascan language called Eyat. So I’ve been listening to Eyat recordings and the Lisicans’ speeches get so so close to making sense. Something about the forefather. Something about the seasons or the calendar. The storms seem to be connected to Wetchie-ghuy, who is an outcast shaman who used to be part of the tribe? Maybe? Something like that.”
“You have been translating their words?” This makes Alonso sit up. Katrina has suddenly gone so far so fast.
Katrina nods again. “That word koox̱ that we keep hearing get thrown around? Flavia. It doesn’t mean wife.”
“No? Well good. What does it mean?”
“It means slave.”
“Ai! Is that supposed to make me feel better?”
“Slave? Wetchie-ghuy was trying to enslave her?” Now Triquet wishes they weren’t so gentle with their kicks. “Not just a sexual predator but a slaver too? You know, I don’t like this whole Jabba the Hut plot turn. Leia here isn’t ready for bikini season.”
Katrina reads aloud: “Hereditary slavery was a substantial part of Eyat culture until shortly before their extinction, when it was outlawed by the US government over a hundred years ago.”
“Hereditary?” Mandy makes an offended sound. “These people keep slaves for like generations? Ew. Can we please go back to not understanding what the Lisicans were saying? I liked them more back then.”
“What else do we know?” Triquet asks, finally looking up from the phone. “From what I can see, I can tell you this is most likely a pinniped’s hide, like a sealskin, scraped clean and bleached, then painted with organic dyes. I remember hearing in a lecture how interdependent the coastal trade and culture networks were between the coastal settlements and Athabascan Diné folks in the interior. But that’s all I got. Maybe they got their dyes by trade? Not many plants to harvest on like glaciers, I’d imagine.”
“No, they aren’t on glaciers. It actually isn’t that icy that far south.” Amy recollects her visits to Juneau and the Tongass National Forest. “Rainy and cold as hell. But so beautiful. Just endless trees, right up to the water. Wolves and eagles. Tons of fishing. The Eyat must have had it so good for so long.”
“So good they kept slaves.” Mandy can’t get over the fact that they’re sharing an island with people who keep slaves—who tried to enslave them the first time they saw them!
“Not all of them,” Miriam amends. “Maybe just Wetchie-ghuy. Morska Vidra and his people didn’t try to enslave us. Or maybe it’s that other tribe that does? Maybe there’s some kind of dispute between them? About slaves? Or outcast shamans?”
Katrina shrugs. “I don’t have a clue. Yet. But I’ll keep working on it. But it’s definitely slow going. Like I said, there’s this weird Slavic word-bombing going on in their language and just when I think I’m starting to get their like pidgin Eyat, all of a sudden I’m playing Bosnian word games with my schoolgirl friend again.”
“You say it’s a pidgin?” Now the discoveries are coming fast and furious. Triquet remembers that one undergrad linguistics theory class that broke their brain. Their near-failure in that course played a distinct part in their choice to become an archaeologist and not an anthropologist. Things instead of people. Triquet has never regretted their decision. “I don’t know much, but I do recall that there are like established metrics you can use to chart how many generations a language has drifted from its origins. Pidgin languages nearly always develop in pretty standard ways.”
“So if we find one of those matrices,” Pradeep reasons, “we can model the age of the pidgin’s development and find when they separated from the mainland and colonized Lisica.”
Katrina holds up her hands. “Maybe. Like after a lot more study. I’ve got a good ear for languages but you’ve heard how they sound. Like a musical trash compactor. They sound very little like any modern Athabascan language I’ve found. Those are more guttural. This is, I don’t know, chatty and light. As long as the vocabulary makes sense I’m going with Eyat, at least until further notice.”
Triquet raises Katrina’s hand in victory like she just won a boxing bout. “Winner and still champ-een! The soft social sciences! Ha! Without us, life would hardly be worth living.”
Ξ
Mandy excuses herself to use the trenches. They are all calling for more glasses now. It looks like it will be another celebration, with everyone returned. Maybe Katrina will play some more of that sultry music that makes Esquibel move like a cat in heat.
Upon Mandy’s return, at the edge of the grove she finds Jay walking toward her. He nods and she does too. But his expression is pained. She stops. “Oh, no. What is it, Jay?”
“Just uhh… Just had to let you know…” He shakes his head. “I didn’t rat you out. Never did. Nobody knows who started the fire.”
“Oh!” Mandy claps her hand over her mouth. The predicament Jay has been struggling with is instantly apparent to her. He’s been keeping her arson a secret! “I’m so sorry! I mean, everyone already knows it was me. Don’t worry. It was my stupid idea.”
“No, it was my stupid idea.” Jay struggles to keep his temper. He shakes his head, bitter. “Sorry. Not angry with you. Just myself. I can’t just go shooting my mouth off like that. I can’t!”
“No. Jay, no.” Mandy consoles him, a hand on his arm. “Please. Seriously. This is like my formal apology, okay? I was just so upset not being able to contribute any science I got really reckless and didn’t think about the long-term effects a fire would have.”
“Still.” Jay is stiff, unwilling to forgive himself. “It wouldn’t have even occurred to you if I wasn’t still fucking around… I just got to wise up, know what I’m saying?”
“I guess we both do.” Mandy gives him a fist bump. But he still isn’t over being upset. She searches for common ground. “Uh. It’ll be okay. So weird being the youngest ones here, right? You, me, and Katrina I guess. Back home I was running a lab of undergrads every day. They made fun of me for being so old. Now here I am the baby again. And nobody listens to what we say. And then when we do something it turns out to be a total fucking trainwreck.”
“Yeah.” But Jay isn’t ready to hear consoling words. “Speaking as a biologist, The real tragic part is the entire like biome that must have existed in that tunnel. There were probably a dozen different bird and animal species, maybe small mammals, and countless insect and plant and fungus—”
“I know!” Mandy turns away from the unbearable litany. “I mean, I’m sorry! I’m so sorry! I just thought it would burn like a chimney fire all nice and cozy for a few hours then I could just go and sweep out the ashes and start figuring out how to climb up to the top to install my instruments. I was so excited! But I’m just so dumb when it comes to things like this.”
“Man… I saw the flare from the top.” Jay shakes his head at the memory of the brilliant flame, like a burning oil well. Those villagers had never seen anything like it, that’s for sure. “That fucker burned so hot.”
“Pradeep said it could have burned for like a week. But I’m so glad the rain came and doused it. But it didn’t make things any better. The fire is out but the tunnel is still blocked. So we’re left with the worst of both worlds.”
“Nah. That fire was full-on jet engine style. We were getting air currents at the cave mouth sucking more oxygen into it. I’d be surprised if there’s any fuel left. It burned hot.”
“Are you serious? You think so?” This perks Mandy up. The prospect of having a clear path up the cliffs again revives her. She clasps hands with still-doleful Jay. “If it’s actually clear it almost makes it worth it. Let’s go check. Will you come?”
“Uh, now?” Jay hadn’t made any plan beyond finding Mandy and telling her he hadn’t snitched on her, but he didn’t expect the conversation to turn into a night-time underground expedition.
“Yeah. Why not?” Mandy swings his hand, trying to infuse him with her energy. “We’re the young ones, remember? We wake up at night? I do all my best work after sunset.”
Jay nods, unable to dispute it. “True dat.” He allows her to lead him back to camp, his reluctance slowly shifting to excitement.
As they go, Mandy spots a shifting shadow. Esquibel. She must have followed Jay to watch over Mandy. Jay never saw her. Now she silently nods, to signal that all is well and Mandy is safe. Oh, Esquibel. Mandy chuckles to herself. She knows she is safe, and certainly from Jay. He’s just a big goof.
Ξ
“You know the strangest part, Zo?” They lie in bed, in the dark, Miriam and Alonso, his head on her chest. His eyes are closed but hers are open, seeing visions in the blackness.
He’s been drifting. Alonso grunts, pleased to hear the sound of her voice. Anything to have her keep talking. She starts stroking his hair. That too. He will never tire of how dear she is.
“The strangest part was that it was the first time we’ve spent a night apart since we found each other.”
“Hm.” Alonso opens his eyes, remembering a jumble of slurred images from the night before, after the seven glasses of wine that eventually allowed him to not worry himself to pieces over Miriam’s safety. “Yes. It was awful.”
She hugs him tight, kissing the crown of his head. “It was. Just dreadful sleep. And it got cold. No blankets.” Miriam snuggles closer to Alonso, reveling in his heat. “But that wasn’t the strangest thing. The strangest thing was, that I wasn’t with you and I missed you but… I mean, I really missed you, but… it was okay. For the first time in five years it was okay. I knew I was safe and you were safe and it would just be a matter of time until we saw each other again. So, I mean, I missed you. I certainly did. But for the first time I was able to really be, you know, myself. Not… just…”
“The grieving widow?”
“Yes! My entire bloody identity has been so bound up in you and your disappearance. It was crazy. Really difficult transition for me. We were never like this before. I was never Sergio Alonso Aguirre’s wife first and Miriam Truitt second.”
“No. Not you. My fierce independent little fox.”
“And not you, you big crazy adventurer. We’ve always been our own people. And for five bloody years I couldn’t…”
Now he hugs her. “Oh, Mirrie. I am so sorry.”
“No. It’s not your fault. This isn’t about you. It’s about my relationship with myself. It has nothing to do with you.”
“Of course it does, I inflicted my whole crisis onto you.”
“I wouldn’t have had it any other way.”
“I know. But I did. And I owe you so much for that.”
“You owe me nothing. Because you came back. Now if you hadn’t come back…”
“Yes. You would curse my ghost.” They settle in each other’s arms and Alonso considers the implications of her words. “So… are you saying you would like some space? Would you like to maybe find another place to sleep, until…?”
She swats him, hard. “Don’t be daft. Of course not. I have no idea what it means. I guess I want to return to who I used to be. But I know I kind of can’t, can I? I’ll never be so… so brave, so unwise, so happy… To be free like that again. The nightmare went on so long I hardly realized it after a while. But the trouble is that… that solitary vigil I held, it changed me. A lot. I guess I just thought I was getting old, that this kind of despair was what getting old meant. But that isn’t true either, is it? This is some wild shit, Zo. I just don’t know who I am any more. It’s kind of scary.”
Alonso is tempted to say he knows a bit about what she means, but he knows that it will change the subject and make it all about his suffering again, which must always be the primary suffering, always the first and last one mentioned, like the Lord’s Prayer. And he’s already sick of that. He doesn’t want to eclipse her, not now. This is her time to unravel what she has become. Here in his arms. “I will love you whoever you want to be.” It sounds weak but it is true. She doesn’t know how much an equivocation it is. But he has already spoken things aloud that he thought he’d never speak and even lived through traumatic memories that he’d forbidden himself with the help of good friends and better drugs.
He had been so sure he would never heal. In the gulag and in the military hospitals, surrounded by men broken in war. He would have bet all the money in the world he was broken too, beyond repair. But bodies are wonderful things. All this computational biology unfolding within him. They never stop, the synapses firing and the blood chemistry shifting, unless you mentally stop yourself. And the last thing Alonso wants to do is to be like Katrina’s brother Pavel and mentally stop himself, stuck in his torture, unable to move beyond it. Oh, it still shackles Alonso to the earth, there is no doubt that he will be dealing with this pain for the rest of his life. But now he has a life.
Miriam floats up and away from the bed, her mind taking flight. Yes, who is she? And who shall she become…? Old ambitions reawaken in her. She sees canyons in Ethiopia and the Gobi Desert. Her view rises to the moon. Sweet Christ, with Alonso back she can scratch that itch she’s had for decades about lunar geology. That very charming astrogeologist postdoc invited Miriam to her lab last year and she had never followed up. Now she could. She could wander the earth’s hidden caverns again and learn the secrets of the sky. Oh, bless. Her whole life is starting over now.
Chapter 18 – Quite So Well
April 29, 2024
Thanks for joining us on our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:
18 – Quite So Well
Flavia is so happy to see Amy she could kiss her. At last. She has won back her freedom. She wants to collapse and just be carried away to her cot in the bunker but she knows she can’t lay down her burdens quite yet. She turns to Xaanach, her shadow these last couple days. But the tiny girl is gone, vanished into the greenery. Well. That may be for the best. As far as Flavia can tell, Xaanach and the hermits of the mountain aren’t welcome in the villages.
Katrina is yelping with joy, wrapping her in her arms, kissing her cheeks like a long-lost relation. Flavia grips her back. Now that she is in the embrace of her friends her ordeal takes on a dreamlike quality. It recedes instantly into the past.
Amy hugs her too. The warm contact against her skin nearly makes Flavia weep. “Basta. Please. We still have to get home.” She steps back and wipes her eyes. “But where are Maahjabeen and Triquet? We have to find them. I think they followed me.”
“Followed you?” Amy frowns. “When?”
“That first day. The day they stole me.”
“No, no.” Katrina assures Flavia. “They got back safe and sound. Don’t worry about them. It’s just you.”
“Now…” Amy wonders, “how do we actually get back? They won’t let us back in the village to the way out.”
Flavia pulls away from Amy, a manic desperation filling her. “Where? Who won’t let us leave?”
Katrina indicates the knot of adult villagers still standing in the center of the clearing, hands up, watching them with wary hostility. “They think you’re some kind of bad juju, that’s for sure.”
“It isn’t me. No! It’s Wetchie-ghuy.”
The name provokes a collective low moan from the villagers. The children who had been watching from the doorways of their redwood bark houses duck their heads back in, squealing in fear.
Flavia steps into the village. “Wetchie-ghuy does not own me. I am not his—his wife. I am not his property. I am a free woman.”
But they still look at her with stone faces. She has been touched, infected or stained like Amy was for just taking a single step up his trail. For Flavia, this is too much.
“No! I hate him! I am my own person! Fuck Wetchie-ghuy!” She lifts a fist and shakes it at the mountain behind her. With two quick strides she returns to his trailhead and spits on it. Flavia drags her foot across the dirt, renouncing him. Then she realizes she still wears the shawl of silver fur that he had draped over her shoulders. She throws it on the ground and stamps on it.
The villagers hiss with worry.
“I am done. I am completely done.” Flavia marches into the village and they raise their hands. But she lifts her own to ward them away, aiming directly for the tunnel mouth. They fall away from her before she can touch them.
Katrina and Amy scamper through in her wake, hurrying past the villagers with downcast eyes.
Flavia is forced to stop. A single man stands in the tunnel mouth, barring her path. It is the first man they always meet, the elder with the fox—who is nowhere to be seen. She stops in front of him, needing him to understand she plays no part in Wetchie-ghuy’s devious machinations. She points at the mountain. “Wetchie-ghuy. Nák. Wetchie-ghuy chán. Bad. È cattivo.” She mimics strangling a kneeling figure. She points at its imagined face. “Wetchie-ghuy.” With all her effort she chokes him.
The elder watching her keeps his face impassive. But his eyes are surprisingly filled with grief. In silence he finally turns away, shoulders slumped in defeat, leaving the passage open. Flavia pushes past him with a muttered Italian curse. But she stops after just a step.
The fox crouches before her. One last challenge.
But this is something Flavia feels she can actually do. Boris her dog has taught her all kinds of canine manners. She patiently kneels, holding out the back of her hand for the fox to smell. It does so, idly, looking up at her with black shining eyes.
Without knowing why, words speak themselves from her lips. “I won’t tell anyone. I will keep your secret.” She doesn’t know what it means but it still somehow seems to make sense.
Satisfied, the fox flickers away, appearing once more on the shoulder of the elder who is rejoining his people in the village.
Amy hurries after Flavia, filled with more shame than she’s ever felt. These people were so joyful and welcoming just an hour ago. And she still doesn’t fully understand what she did wrong.
Katrina tarries at the tunnel mouth. She can’t let it end like this. Her DJ instincts kick in and she lifts her phone. With a few quick flicks of her fingers, a song begins at max volume, filling the space with piano and strings. Then Elton John’s plaintive voice sings:
What have I gotta do to make you love me?
What have I gotta do to make you care?
What do I do when lightning strikes me?
They goggle at her, the ethereal sounds coming from the phone clearly unlike anything they’ve ever heard. She holds it high as the kids peek their heads out again. The music draws them forward.
What do I say when it’s all over?
And sorry seems to be the hardest word…
Katrina puts her hand over her heart and starts swaying back and forth in time to the music, signaling her apology with gestures. She lets the song play out, the villagers swaying in time with her by the end. She lets the silence stretch for a long moment before blowing a kiss to the crowd and holding up a peace sign. Then she turns and hurries after the others into the dark passage back home.
Ξ
“Hey… I got an idea…” Jay stands in front of Katrina’s platform, happily stumbly drunk. “Let’s dance.”
She’s spinning what she calls her digestive set at the moment, a spacey atmospheric collection of chords with no beats that she likes to play for everyone after dinner. They all ate and drank too much and now, after the intense celebration Triquet led the whole crew in once Flavia had emerged from the trap door in the bunker, they are all depleted and content. Well, all are except Jay.
“Yeeeeah!” Katrina loves the unstoppable surfer dude. “That’s the spirit, mate! Ain’t no party if the party people say that the party won’t stop til dawn!”
“Right on!”
“I said it won’t stop bumping til dawn!”
“Right on!”
“Til dawn!”
“Right on!”
She hits him with a dropping bass note, then spins it into a techno remix of Liszt’s La Campanella, the piano’s chimes interlaced with real bells and a disco drum line beneath.
Jay stumbles away in the sand, satisfied with the beat. He can’t dance the way he wants with this bum leg but he can’t sit still. Not with Flavia back! There’s never been a celebration like this one.
Mandy stands and spins into the empty space. “Ooo pretty!” As a twelve year-old piano student she had once played this at a recital. It never occurred to her to dance to it. But now, high on Alonso’s wine and Jay’s weed, she feels like a breathless spinning wind-up Victorian doll, her beach skirt flaring as she turns. She throws herself into Jay’s arms and he catches her neatly despite his injuries. They laugh.
Mandy leaps away, closing her eyes and raising her arms. She feels so pretty, spinning neatly in the sand. She just wants her glow to shine in the gathering darkness, for anyone else who might need it. Love and beauty, in the end, are all that matter. Then her eyes open to even more beauty.
Maahjabeen dances before her, in a sinuous Tunisian style that almost makes Mandy do something very foolish. But she keeps her hands to herself and just watches the woman with open-mouthed fascination.
Maahjabeen has never been so happy in her life. When she had lost herself in the storm it was one thing to survive and return, but losing someone else… La. Now she knows how Mandy had felt when she had abandoned her on the beach. The crushing responsibility for another woman’s life. How had she been so cavalier about it before? Thank you, God, for Flavia’s safe return. Impulsively she grabs Mandy’s hands and hugs her tightly. “Chokran. Chokran, Mandy. Thank you for caring for me.”
Mandy has no idea what the lovely woman means but she does her best to hug her back in exactly the same way. Her eyes catch Esquibel’s watching from their platform. Her lover is laughing at her, fully-aware how bowled over Maahjabeen’s embrace makes Mandy. And she won’t let go. Mandy can only widen her eyes to communicate her shock. Esquibel laughs even harder.
Katrina will never waste an opportunity to make Maahjabeen happy. She finds the Amani Al Souwasi track and mixes it with a bit of hard drum and bass. Now it’s time to see how much she can make Maahjabeen move.
Amy cries out, clapping her hands. Maahjabeen whirls in response, performing a sharp traditional step she’s only done at weddings. They all cheer her. She likes this, how carefree it is, how there are no pushy men to fend off, how much she is appreciated. She has never felt more seen, but in a way she somehow loves. For once she doesn’t want to hide beneath her scarf or out on the open ocean. She wants them to see her for who she truly is. With every gesture she reveals herself and they cry out with joy. This is really happening. She’s blossoming like a flower. And Katrina keeps driving the music deeper, harder… Oh, now it is becoming physical and nearly sexual. But this is as far as Maahjabeen will go. She is still a proper Muslim girl.
With a laugh she spins away, falling against Pradeep. He yelps but holds her up. With an impulse she’s never felt before she cups his square chin and wetly kisses him before pulling away.
Pradeep quivers like he’s been struck by lightning. The camp laughs at him. Everyone laughs, including Maahjabeen. Oh no. Why did she do that? Why are they laughing? He looks from face to face, his anxiety rising…
But Jay barrels into him, roughing him up like a sport teammate. “Oh, no you don’t, Pradeep. You don’t get to be this gorgeous guy getting kisses like that from gorgeous chicks and respond like this.” He presses his joint into Pradeep’s hands.
Abashed, Pradeep glances at the others while he inhales from it. They’re all smiling at him, nodding in agreement. “Oh, this is an excruciating amount of attention, everyone, but I do appreciate your attempt to, well, help.”
“It was a very nice kiss.” Maahjabeen can’t believe she says this and she laughs, covering her mouth. “I recommend everyone kiss Pradeep. He is very kissable.”
Jay crows. “Yeah, baby! That’s the truth!” And he plants his grizzled lips against Pradeep’s clean-shaven mouth. But nothing stirs between them except merriment. With a laugh, Jay falls away. Next, Miriam grabs Pradeep by the wrist. She is very drunk, her pale face flushed red. “Don’t mind if I do.”
Pradeep is only able to yelp before she drops him backward like a Hollywood ingenue and kisses him with passionate force. It is an amazing kiss, something Pradeep has never experienced, a gushing tender passionate sweep of sensation and emotion that leaves him with fingers and toes tingling. He doesn’t even know if he’s attracted to Miriam but with a kiss like that it hardly matters.
She leads a dazzled Pradeep a couple steps to Alonso’s chair. With a happy laugh he grabs Pradeep’s face and kisses him tenderly like a father. Then it’s Triquet’s turn.
They make a delicious little show of it. “Oh… Pardon me… I was just freshening up.” From somewhere, Triquet has taken out a small make-up kit and is running glossy red lipstick around their lips in a pursed moue.
Katrina cat-calls into her microphone and Triquet sends her an exaggerated wink. Then, adorned in their floral housecoat and chiffon scarf, they stride forward, sultry, fixating Pradeep with a steamy gaze, then Triquet rushes him and kisses him soundly.
Pradeep falls back into the sand under the passionate assault. Triquet ravages him for a good ten seconds before breaking away.
Pradeep can do nothing but gasp and laugh. Now Triquet is tickling him, rolling around on top of him talking baby talk and giggling. Pradeep is laughing so hard he is crying.
Katrina, Esquibel, and Mandy dogpile them, everyone kissing and tickling each other. Flavia, who hasn’t been able to move from her camp chair since returning, lifts her wine glass and cheers.
Alonso looks strangely at Amy, slowly shaking his head with wonder. “What is it with kids these days? I think this is the most beautiful and innocent thing I’ve ever seen.”
“Wait wait wait.” Esquibel disentangles herself from the giggling mass. She stands, dusting the sand from her legs. “It isn’t over yet. I have something to show you first.”
Everyone falls apart, gasping for air. They needed that release. Pradeep is smashed at the bottom, his head whirling, quite sure he has never had so many people touching him at the same time. And the anxiety is still there, about the regrets they’ll all have in the morning, but he must admit that he didn’t actually die of shame and they didn’t recoil once they realized who he ‘really was’ or whatever Pradeep happened to be worried about at the time. They still care for him. It is just that the sensation is so overwhelming…
Esquibel has scampered over to Katrina’s laptop. Katrina sits up, Mandy’s head in her lap. “Yeeeeaaah!” she howls, urging Esquibel on. “Do it, doc!”
With a brilliant smile, Esquibel switches tracks. A woman’s voice calls out, a long sustained note, before descending in non-Western microtones to Maasai drums and a soundscape of driving energy.
Esquibel is the DJ now. And her joy forces them to their feet. Yes. She will show them what dancing is all about.
Mandy is the only one not moving. She only stares, stupefied at the good doctor. “I can’t believe how good you are at everything!” she finally shouts, dropping into a deep dancing stance and rocking her hips. “This is so good!”
Katrina spins free and points at Esquibel. “Respect. You are—”
“Oh, shut up,” Esquibel snarls at her, “and dance.”
Ξ
“Do the kayaks have names?” Amy asks between grunts as they muscle the boats over the sand.
“Names? No.” Maahjabeen makes a face. People are always trying to not only anthropomorphize their gear but infantilize it. “They are tools, Amy. Do you name tools?”
“Well, some of them.” They leave the blue kayak at the edge of the fallen redwood’s roots so they can haul the yellow one through the undergrowth. “I mean, boats and ships do traditionally have names. For like hundreds of years if not more.”
“Fine. So what would you name them?”
“Well, wouldn’t it be appropriate for them to have names that are special to you? Like from Tunisia? I’m sorry. Does Tunisia have its own language or do you just speak Arabic?”
“We don’t ‘just’ speak Arabic. It is our own version called Derja. There are many words and pronunciations specific to Tunisia, and each region has its own vocabulary. There is an old Tunisian Berber language too. Many of our names come from it.”
“Is yours an old name? What does Maahjabeen mean?”
“Yes. It means my face is like the moon.”
“Oh! That’s so nice. What kind of names do boats have? Let’s see. We could call this one… I mean, what’s yellow on the ocean? I know. Let’s call it Firewater. Her or him?”
“All boats are female. Firewater. Okay.”
“And the blue one…” They put Firewater down and return for it.
Maahjabeen puts her hand on the blue boats’ nose. “Aziz.”
“Oh! That’s pretty. What does it mean?”
“It is the name of the man who sold me the boats. He gave me a good deal or I would not have been able to afford them.”
“Well that’s as good a reason for a name as any! Better, I’d say!” Amy looks proudly at the two boats lying side-by-side. “Firewater and Aziz. There! That’s better.”
“If you like.” But Maahjabeen is pleased that Amy is showing her beloved boats so much attention. They are all friends now and that means very specific things to Maahjabeen. She will share her food and drink, tell them of her hopes and dreams, trust them on the open water. She has gone through storm and nightmare with these people and now their bond means something. “I like the names.”
Amy beams at her. “I am so glad you’re here, Maahjabeen. Now let’s see if your predictions are correct.”
“Your predictions. I just observed what you pointed out.” It is easy to be deferential to the older woman, now that her knowledge is proven. Maahjabeen is eager to see if today is finally the day. She slips into Aziz’s seat and seals her spray skirt. Amy pushes her off into the lagoon and then joins her in Firewater. The water today is fairly calm, brushed into tiny ridges by the breeze. White surf beyond the break rolls in with as much force as ever.
“After you.” Maahjabeen nods and points with the blade of her paddle at the mouth of the lagoon.
Amy laughs, demurring. “No no. I’m out of practice. Please. Show me the way, Maahjabeen.”
So she digs in, propelling Aziz forward through the mouth. She is on high alert, the surf crashing so close. But there are gaps between the waves and also the rocks they crash against. By timing her moves, she is able to climb the ebb tide up to their faces and then ride them at a diagonal to safety. It’s kind of like Tarzan swinging on vines. She never understood that story. How would he know there is another vine to grab until he has already let go of the first one and is flying helplessly through the air? Well, how will she know a wave won’t behave other than expected and smash her against these jagged black teeth?
And the answer is faith. Her faith always sees her through. Perhaps Tarzan had a similar faith. Perhaps he was a believer without even knowing it.
She finds a calm little pool protected behind a shoulder of rock and she waits here for Amy, who has been caught up on the crest of a wave, heading toward her. She is surfing it expertly, smile wide in a rictus grin of concentration, but she is cutting across its face at too sharp an angle. Maahjabeen is worried that she will get carried onto the rocks…
At the last moment, Amy paddles off the top and into the swell behind, shooting sideways toward Maahjabeen with the thunder of the surf ejecting her.
Amy pulls up with a squeal, fighting Firewater to a standstill beside Aziz. She is panting hard.
“That was… quite a bit of paddling.” Maahjabeen can’t tell if it had been intentional or not. If so, it was the flashiest maneuver she’d ever seen.
“Oh god. I think I wet myself.” Amy shivers. “So soaked I can’t even tell. What do Tunisians say, when you almost die like that?”
“Inshallah. By the grace of God.”
“Exactly. That was definitely my big inshallah moment.”
“Here is your stillwater passage. But watch out for these rip curls on the side, Amy. Are we strong enough to get over them to the quiet water before the waves get to us?”
“Oh, those are pretty huge.” From the shore, Amy hadn’t been able to see these spinning whirlpools the waves create as they rush toward the rocks. “But, yeah. I think we got it, as long as it isn’t a huge one.”
Maahjabeen angles the nose of Aziz toward her final destination, past the rollers in the open water. “Inshallah!” A blessedly small wave crests but gets undercut by the shelf beneath the water here. It dissipates before it even reaches the rocks. She paddles for all she’s worth, the stiff length of the boat reaching across the edges of the whirlpools to the smooth water on the far side. She doesn’t have long, she knows. It is time to paddle to freedom.
Amy watches her companion dig deep in the water and shoot forward with ease. Soon Aziz is halfway across the danger zone but a big wave is already rising in the coming set, maybe three waves out. Maahjabeen will have to hurry.
The next waves slow her, the current stopping her in her tracks and the climb over the mounting swell harder each time. She has her eye on the big wave coming in too. She needs to hit it just right to win past or it will carry her all the way back to the rocks.
She does so, with a grunt and a scream, shooting over the lip just as it begins to form. Maahjabeen made it! She’s out on the open ocean now! She’s safe!
Turning back, her wide grin of triumph is answered with a salute of Amy’s paddle. But she just sits there and her smile slowly fades. She is surprised how long Amy takes, letting four whole sets go by before she sees a wave she likes. To Maahjabeen’s eye it isn’t a particularly auspicious wave, but Amy seems to think otherwise.
And Amy is right. The rhythms of the ocean slacken and she’s given a flat peaceful ride out to where Maahjabeen waits.
“Whew!” Amy cackles. “That was lucky.”
Maahjabeen shakes her head at her, rueful. “I can’t wait until I am old enough to have such patience.”
And now they are on the shining sea together, the sun breaking through the clouds over the island behind them. It is a beautiful day and they are finally free.
Maahjabeen laughs and pulls ahead, in her element. She plies the currents like a dolphin, the smooth sides of Aziz cleaving a tiny wake on either side. She is surprised to see Amy keeping pace off her port side. The older woman has perfect technique, the blade spinning and dipping in her hands. Firewater bobs like a happy duck on the ocean.
They curve off to the left, to follow the cliffs to the east that none of them have yet studied. The seastacks are painted white with bird droppings and some unknown pinnipeds cluster on a pocket beach in the shadow of the cliffs.
Amy crows with delight upon seeing them and paddles closer. “Oh my GOD! Maahjabeen, look!”
But Maahjabeen is worried about the closeouts here. It takes all her strength not to get sucked in by the currents racing toward the rocks. “What? What is it?”
“Unless I’m mistaken these are Hawaiian monk seals! Found only on Hawai’i! And they’re endangered! My old friend Mark Van Dorn will lose his MIND when I tell him I’ve found a new population. This is huge!”
“Do you have one of those readers Alonso wants everyone to carry? The—the… what do you call it?”
“The Dyson readers?” Amy laughs. “I don’t think a seal would fit in the collection bay. No, I’ll need to get a blood sample at some point. And wow! Look at the seabirds! Those aren’t just any Uria lomvia. They’re too dark! They must be lomvia arra, the North Pacific variant of the thick-billed murre. This is wild. Nowhere else on earth do we see these two species, one from Hawai’i and one from the Arctic, intermix like this. I wonder if there’s any actual interaction? Pradeep will have a field day here! Literally!”
“My estimate is that this is a rising tide for the next four hours, Amy. We shouldn’t spend too much time…”
“Yes, it’s true. If we want to see more of the cliffs we should move on before our window closes. But just think of how much research is to be done here! Eight weeks is—!”
“Well, more like five and a half weeks now. That is why it was so hard to lose those first couple weeks.”
“Exactly. We have to come out here every day now!”
They paddle on, the shadow of the island on their left side stretching across the water, chilling them. Amy picks up her pace, keeping warm with the effort. How nice it had felt to have the sun on her skin, if only for a brief moment. Now it’s time to go to work. Let’s see if her old muscles will put up with the exercise. It’s been… three months? four? Since she’d been in a boat? And that was just goofing around with friends in Elkhorn Slough.
But there’d been a time, in the not too distant past, when she was such a monster on the water that she could literally paddle all day. She had once soloed the entire Humboldt coast in six nights for crying out loud! She can do this. But her shoulders and core are already starting to build up that lactic acid…
“Look!” Maahjabeen points her paddle at a fold in the cliffs where the water disappears within. “I think that is the sea cave!”
“Oh, wow. Should we go in?”
“I have been wanting to for days now. Weeks.” Maahjabeen shoots forward, eager to see it. The channel cuts into the black and gray cliffs at an angle, which makes its mouth nearly impossible to spot. But she isn’t looking at the landmass, she’s following the water, and there’s a current sucking in and billowing out there, she is sure of it.
She reaches the channel atop a modest wave, that allows her to coast off its lip behind as it crashes against the walls and fills the channel with foam. Maahjabeen backpaddles slowly behind, waiting for Amy to join her on the next wave. The channel is much wider than she thought, perhaps twenty meters across. But the stone of the cliffs has been sheared away ahead. This has been artificially expanded, probably to accommodate larger boats.
Amy coasts in behind her and they both have to fight over the foam of the wave to maintain position in the center of the channel. Then they scoot forward, amazed looks on their faces. At first, the passage is open to the sky, a deep cleft in the rock. But then it closes far over their heads and the way forward grows dim.
Sea stars populate the wet walls. A fringe of mollusks and seaweed marks the tideline. It is enchanting, the sharp tang of sea creatures and the vegetal smell of the seaweed beneath barely masking the stench of something rotten. The channel opens into the cavern, but they don’t even realize it at first because the bare stone columns separating the water into multiple channels are so broad. This is where the surf is broken into harmless ripples, leading to the calmer ebb and flow issuing from the cave.
They glide into the darkness. A natural shelf above the tideline holds the carcass of a sea lion, its tail partially torn off. Amy holds her breath and paddles closer, fascinated to see teeth marks on the flesh of the poor creature. She rejoins Maahjabeen and finally releases her breath with a gasp. “Well! Pradeep will absolutely adore that fellow! Shark bite. Or orca…”
“Orca? Really?” Maahjabeen has kept her eyes peeled today but she has yet to see them. She considers this a good omen, that they are silently watching over her.
“Good grief,” Amy shakes her head, “the American military is… so weird!” She peers into a chamber they carved into the rock, its irregular floor flooded with concrete that still supports rusting iron struts. “What were they doing in here?”
“Who knows. Those people are crazy. They bomb cities for no reason. They bury a sub in the beach. It makes no sense.”
Maahjabeen feels the need to explore every corner of the sea cave. She is finally scratching the itch she first got when they lost Flavia last week and they discovered it from the other side. And who knows when she’ll find the time to come back?
The jetty is fairly dangerous, having partially collapsed into the black water. She steers clear of it. The open water on the far side of it receives the flow of the freshwater fall from above. So strange that it should flow here in an unbroken roar, unseen and unknown, for so long. From water collected in the island’s interior, then down the cliffs of that fantastic waterfall and along the creek… why, this is the water they drink at camp. Then underground and falling in a wide shelf into this cave. For ages. A hidden wonderland.
As with so many of her encounters with nature, the world of mankind falls away as a laughably thin construct and she is left with eternity. The never-seen face of Allah. Peace.
Ξ
Mandy holds Alonso’s swollen feet in her hands. They buzz with his agony. Really no point in doing any actual work on them yet. They are still too raw. So she just holds them, keeping herself clear so she doesn’t accumulate his pain, breathing through the soles of her feet into the earth.
His breaths are ragged. He lies back on his cot with his sleeping bag over him, his forearm across his eyes. There is so much trauma here Mandy isn’t sure she can encompass it. He needs some way to get rid of it, a path for it to leave his body. Maybe putting it into words will help. “Can you tell me about it?” she asks.
“No.” He doesn’t move. But his leg twitches.
Mandy is relieved despite herself. The last thing she needs is to hear a torture victim recount the details. She can only be so clear for so long before darkness like that would find its way in. That’s a lot of darkness.
“How do your feet like feel?” Maybe this is safer territory. “Can we just, you know, like write an abstract here? How would you introduce the subject of your feet in a paper?”
“Like… like may I present some very roughly ground hamburger. Hamburger that is always buzzing in agony. Sometimes spikes of nerve pain. Then there is the bone ache. So deep and relentless. It is… I cannot think. I am only the pain.”
“Are my hands okay?”
“Your hands are wonderful.”
“Thanks. I never liked my hands. I was always dropping things growing up and my mom would say my hands were all thumbs and I’ve never been able to get that image out of my head.”
Alonso gives her a polite laugh. He is just… hovering here in his cot, not giving her an opening. He is evidently not ready for this. She shifts her hands to cup his ankles. “How’s this?”
But he can’t answer her through his sudden tears. His hand opens then clenches in a fist. Ah, how he used to run! He was always so fast, a sprinter on his athletic club track team and a wing when they played fútbol. And he could hike for days. Climb mountains… Now it was gone, all gone forever and he couldn’t let go of the grief. Was he really going to spend the remainder of his days just sitting or lying down watching his body turn to sludge? He couldn’t bear the thought of it. And the pity of this… this waif here at his feet. Also unbearable. She is so light and spritely. Yet even being this close to the ruin he’d become has darkened her and brought her down. Intolerable.
He struggles to sit up. “Fine. I am fine. And I’m sure there is other work that you need to be doing at the moment, Miss Hsu.”
But she doesn’t let go. She’s too connected, and when a stab of pain shoots through him it lurches through her gut and she gasps. “No no. Nothing better to do, Doc. Just starting here, step by step. We need to be patient.”
“But it is ridiculous. I mean, there is no scientific basis in what you are doing. You know that, right?”
“There’s no basis in stretching tendons and aligning scar tissue?”
“Well, of course there is. But that isn’t what you are doing. You are just holding my abominable feet and taking deep breaths. That isn’t anything. That’s just voodoo nonsense…”
“Then why is it a problem? You said my hands feel wonderful.”
“They did. And you are very nice to do this, Mandy, but…”
“But it’s hard for me to make contact like this without you having to take a deep breath yourself, isn’t it? And you don’t want to take a deep breath.”
He falls back, staggered a bit by the insight. “Is that what it is?”
“Well, I think so. At least at this stage. Since I’ve been in here, you haven’t taken a single deep breath. You haven’t even taken a normal breath. It’s like you’re scared of me.”
“Well, I am.” He laughs a bit more heartily, and this releases his diaphragm a bit. He hadn’t even realized how much he’d been holding it. Now he sighs, his breath hovering in his throat. “And you’re right. I don’t know what will happen if I take a deep breath. I don’t know… why it is so hard…”
“No way. I’d be so scared after what you went through. But it’s okay. You realize it can’t hurt you any more, right? It’s just the past and the past is over. It’s done. And all that is left is to step forward. Like stepping off a cliff and helplessly falling…”
“Afraid of how much it will hurt when I land. Yes. That is why, certainly. Can’t we do this when I am unconscious or something, though? I wish they could just shut off all the pain receptors in my body. I never need to feel pain ever again. It has been too much.”
“You have absolutely been through too much pain. But come on, Alonso. A deal: Six deep breaths and I’ll leave you alone. Just six.”
“Six is a lot. You don’t know what you’re asking of me.” He holds up a hand to clarify. “I do like your company, Miss Hsu. I just want you to stop touching me.”
They both laugh now and his breath eases a little more.
“There you go. I felt the muscles of your legs relax a bit.”
“So what? What does that get me? Voodoo, I say.”
“Come on. It can’t be controversial that increased bloodflow to a wound site will bring more healing factors. But we like to constrict them, shut them off from the things that help them—”
“I reject the proposition that some unmeasurable spiritual healing energy is flying through your hands…”
“I didn’t say there were! I’m saying things like white blood cells, uh, growth factors, all the things your blood carries literally can’t get to the site because you’re tensing it. It needs to be released so the juices can get in there. Right? This is like physical therapy 101. That can’t be controversial, can it?”
“Well, the controversial part is that releasing these muscles leads to uncontrollable pain. And you don’t have anything for the pain. That’s the thing. It will be like putting my legs in a fire and I can’t take them back out.”
“But your body will heal, if you let it. Until about six months have passed there’s a window with the scar tissue. You’re still in that window. But when it closes and your feet are just a mass of scars? I don’t think you’ll even be able to walk. It’s kind of a now or never scenario, Doc.”
“Okay! Fine! So what do you want me to do?” Panic grips him. She isn’t giving him a way out. Where is Miriam? She knows how to handle him when he’s this grumpy. This… kid… simply doesn’t know what she’s doing.
“Just six breaths. Deep. From your belly. That’s all I’m asking for today. Don’t think about like flexing your legs or anything else. Just keep your mind empty and give me six good deep breaths. Then I’ll leave you alone.”
“Wait. There is Doctor Daine. Doctor! Do you have a moment?”
Esquibel stops at the edge of the big platform and peers through the mesh into the tent. “Yes, Doctor Alonso?”
“There is an important thing about nerve pain, yes? Where if you allow too much to be felt, especially if it is chronic, it like burns a permanent circuit into that nerve, yes? And that is when it becomes neuropathy. I have been reading. That is my primary fear now. That I will end up with permanent nerve damage if I let the pain get too intense. I can’t allow it to burn those circuits. But your… protege here, she wants me to just suffer through it.”
“Yes, Doctor. Her approach is extremely painful. In the short-term. It is true.”
“But I don’t want the permanence of the pain. We need to deaden my nerves. I cannot handle any more pain. Maybe you could give me something for it so I can go through this process without making things worse.”
Esquibel looks at Mandy, who obviously disapproves of this. But Esquibel has been a doctor now for a good long time. She knows what to do. “Yes, Alonso. I do have something. A calcium-channel blocker. Quite powerful. It will probably put you to sleep.”
“Sounds perfect. Can I have four?”
“Oh, one should definitely be enough. But I’ll give you two just to be sure. Will a painkiller interfere with your treatment, Mandy?”
“Well, kind of, yeah. His responses will be off.”
“Not with this one. It is a new experimental compound. Quite specific. Showing wonderful results. Here. I will get it. And no side effects!” Esquibel calls out over her shoulder as she hurries to the bunker. A moment later she is back with her medical kit. She removes a bottle and hands a pair of clear gel pills to Alonso.
He frowns at it. “What is it called?”
“It is hormone-based. Very safe. Let’s see.” She reads the bottle. “Ehh, cholecalciferol. Here. Drink with water so it doesn’t upset your stomach.”
Alonso nods, eagerly tosses the pills back, and sips them down.
Mandy grins at him, encouraging. “Six breaths.”
“Will you wait, please? You are too eager to hurt me. How long, Doctor? When will I feel the effects?”
Esquibel holds his wrist pulse and consults a watch. She nods, satisfied. “It is very fast-acting. Through your saliva glands. You should start to feel sleepy now. And the pain should be subsiding.”
“Mm. Perhaps. But I am definitely feeling the tiredness. Okay.” Alonso settles back in his bag, his lids drooping. “Okay, fine. Let the torture begin once more. Deep breath number one.” He takes a shuddering breath that only fills the upper lobes of his lungs.
Mandy shares an agonized look with Esquibel. “Oh my god I’m like the opposite of a torturer.”
“Shh. He knows.” Esquibel pats Mandy’s shoulder.
Alonso looks at them with dull resentment, letting the drug’s effects claim him. “And two.”
“How is the pain?” Esquibel cups his jaw.
“You are right. Much better. Three.” This is a real deep breath, and his legs roll away from each other, finally releasing. “See, Miss Hsu. This is all I wanted, was for you to do your work without…” But he is fading fast. He waves a vague hand and settles. “And four.” But it is the last deep breath he takes before a rattling snore indicates that he’s asleep.
Mandy holds the swollen, angry feet, throbbing out of sync. She feels the fibers unwind under her fingers and slacken. Now she can do some gentle work, figuring out the extent of the damage and planning a way forward. They are somewhat pliable now. His ankles are frozen. Probably shattered. And his metatarsal bones are sheathed in traumatized fascia. But the change is so dramatic she can’t believe it. Mandy exchanges a surprised look with Esquibel. “That was so fast! What is that miracle drug? I need it for all my patients. Choleca… what was it?”
“Cholecalciferol. No, it was just a couple pills of Vitamin D3. Just a placebo.” Esquibel places a gentle hand across Alonso’s brow, untroubled for the first time. “But I didn’t realize it would work quite so well.”
Chapter 16 – Again And Again
April 15, 2024
Thanks for joining us for the second volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:
Book II – Empirical Emotions
16 – Again And Again
Pradeep leads Mandy and Katrina on an expedition to the west edge of Tenure Grove. It’s gotten less attention so far because it is nothing but impenetrable undergrowth. But they’re dressed for it. Katrina wears pinstripe coveralls. Pradeep carries his collection pack. Mandy is in her red storm parka zipped up to her chin.
“You’re going to get holes in it,” Pradeep tells Mandy when they pause at the edge of the brush. “And it will be so hot.”
“Nothing gets through this fabric.” Mandy proudly presents a sleeve the thickness of canvas. “A Norwegian fish boat pilot I met swears by it. He said even their flensing knives can’t go through it. Cost like my entire budget that month. But yeah. It doesn’t breathe at all. So if things get too active in there I’ll definitely start boiling.”
Pradeep turns his attention to the closest shrub. “So this must be a variant of boxwood or myrtle.” He snares a limb, finger-thick, growing nearly straight out of the ground and towering over his head. Its little serrated diamond leaves hang in yellow-green clusters. “Some have berries. But this doesn’t. I think it’s probably an Oregon Boxwood. Here is a quite stout rhododendron. And these are… five-finger ferns? My fern game is sadly very weak.” He pushes through their fronds to a larger, different type. “And this is, ah, Western sword fern? Look at the size of it. I’ve never seen one so big. Now…” Pradeep kneels and pulls its broad fronds aside. “Yes, down here. Look.”
Katrina and Mandy kneel beside him. There is a dark understory beneath the green thicket above, its floor littered with gray and black dead leaves, stretching ahead into impassable stands of bare limbs. Mandy shares an uncertain look with Katrina, who shrugs.
Pradeep is too excited to contain himself. With one of his brilliant smiles and a flourish he declares, “Thank you for coming… to the fantastical world of spiders!”
Mandy pulls away with a little shriek.
Katrina makes a face. “Ah. Aha. Spiders? That’s what we’re doing? I thought you were going to show us something, ehh…”
“Like the twister in the nook!” Mandy crosses her arms. “Dude, you can’t just say who wants to see something and oh yeah bring your burliest clothes, then not tell us it’s to go mess with spiders.”
The enthusiasm fades from Pradeep’s face. “I always forget how people feel about spiders. Uh. That’s fine. You don’t need to stay.”
They’re both touched by how crestfallen he is. Katrina puts a hand on his shoulder. “It’s okay, mate. I’m not frightened of them. It’s just… not what I was expecting.”
With a sigh, Mandy puts the hood of her parka up and cinches it. “You know we still love you, Pradeep. You’re just a weirdo. So what’s the plan? Are we collecting spiders? Do you have gloves?”
“Well, if you don’t want to, maybe you could just stand back and document them with pictures? Unless you aren’t comfortable…”
“No, that’s fine. I can take pictures. Do they bite? I mean, I know spiders bite. But are any here like super aggressive?”
“Well. I’ll do all the collecting. So if any of them attack they will jump at me.” Pradeep crawls in first.
“Well. Glad I wore coveralls.” Katrina kneels and follows. “Are we looking for all spiders? Just the ones on the ground? Or just—? Yeh, there’s a web right there. But I don’t see a spider. Aren’t those called weavers? Such a pretty name.”
“Ah, yes, that’s the classic Araneid bullseye pattern. Fresh too. She is probably hiding on a twig at one of the anchor points. Excuse me. Let me just get in there if I could…”
Katrina retreats from her spot and Pradeep pushes past her, their bodies bumping and scraping in the tight passage. Katrina laughs. “Oo baby. Whatever happened to personal space? Remember that one time I like touched your arm and you freaked? I guess I should have just had a spider to show you.”
Pradeep is intent on the web, unaware that what he presses so roughly against is soft flesh. “Eh? Oh. Yes, I suppose I can get kind of focused when I’m working. Sorry.”
“No worries. Like at all, big boy.” Katrina’s juices are stirring. She hasn’t gone this long without a good shag since she was like fifteen. And now his arm is grazing her nipple and he doesn’t even realize it. She blows Pradeep a kiss and he finally tunes in to her flirtations enough to blush.
Mandy crouches at the edge of the understory, peering in. “And how is this dark hollow filled with spiders and god knows what else not giving you anxiety, Pradeep? I mean, if you don’t mind me asking. There’s all kinds of nightmare fuel in here. Like, what more do you need?”
“Most of my anxieties…” Pradeep speaks absently, shining his phone’s light on the web so he can follow its strands to the spider’s likely hideout, “…are social ones. It’s people who get to me. Flora and fauna aren’t… mean or selfish. They just are.”
“See, I have trouble with unknowns too.” Mandy takes a picture of Pradeep and Katrina with her phone, the flash a brilliant spike in the dark. They both grimace, blinded. “That’s how I got into the study of weather. It’s like the least predictable thing in the whole world and I needed to feel like I understood it so that, well… I mean, really it’s because I’m a control freak.”
“No…” Katrina’s voice drips with disbelief. “Say it ain’t so.”
“What?” Mandy grows self-conscious. “You noticed? Aw shoot. I thought I’d been pretty good out here so far. I haven’t strangled Amy over her placement of the kitchen yet or needed to re-arrange the lab tables five times a day. I’ve been behaving.”
“Esquibel revealed what’s behind that sweet little smile of yours. Told me all about your mastermind plans for world domination.”
“She did? What did she say?” Now Mandy is intrigued. It’s no secret that both she and Esquibel find Katrina hot. Is her lover talking Mandy down so she can make moves on Katrina herself? No, Esquibel would never do that. Would she?
“It was when we thought we’d lost Maahjabeen and she was worried about how upset you were. Esquibel said you were wasting away because you couldn’t control the situation.”
“Hmf.” Mandy doesn’t know how she feels about that. Part of her is touched by the concern. But isn’t this an invasion of privacy? Or perhaps they’re all just becoming better friends, learning more about each other. “Well, you should know Esquibel can be very controlling too. And she always kicks me when we sleep.”
Pradeep and Katrina laugh. He says, “I’ve never met a doctor who isn’t controlling. Absolute career prerequisite, I’m sure.”
“So, I’ll just like be your scout I guess.” Katrina crouches deeper and scuttles ahead, pushing the bare limbs aside. “Oh, here’s a good one! And look at the size of the lad! What a color!”
Pradeep squawks in excitement and pushes right up against Katrina. The spider sitting in the center of is web is bright orange and as big as his littlest fingernail. Its black and white legs hook its web, patiently waiting for a meal. Several former winged insects are bundled within the strands, their juices sucked dry. “That is a lovely Argiope. But the web has no stabilimentum. Curious. Most related species do. This might be a new one.” He smiles at Katrina, only a handspan away. “We can name it after you. You discovered it. Would you prefer Argiope katrina or oksana?”
Mandy has crawled in, up against their feet. She chirps, “I think it has to be Argiope dj bubblegum.”
They all laugh.
Katrina’s attraction to Pradeep is rising to new levels. He is the definition of tall, dark, and handsome. And he is just the sweetest and oddest man. Nobody has ever offered to name a species after her before. She finds herself falling into his dark brown eyes. If she knew it wouldn’t make him squeal like a schoolgirl she’d kiss him. Katrina takes a deep breath before she gets carried away. Oh, well. This randy girl will just have to satisfy herself with Pradeep’s firm body pressed up against hers.
But then in a sudden surprise, Mandy climbs over both of them, flattening them in the dead leaf litter. They collapse with a laugh as she demands, “I want to see!” She rests her chin on Pradeep’s shoulder, her leg over Katrina’s rump. “Oh my god, it’s so pretty!”
“Well, this is the craziest threesome I’ve ever been in.” Katrina turns and kisses Mandy instead, a brief sweet peck. When she pulls back she can tell from the look in Mandy’s eyes the girl is hungry for more. Well well. This is news to Katrina. She’s not sure if that’s a good idea. The last thing she needs is to get Esquibel angry with her. She’s the bloody doctor.
“Can I please get up?” Pradeep’s muffled voice breaks the spell.
Katrina giggles and turns away, wiping the corner of her mouth.
Mandy stares at her with a gimlet smile. More than anything, she is flattered that this gorgeous blonde Australian girl likes her enough to kiss her. All the rest of it can wait.
Katrina scoots forward down a forking opening, scouting further. Mandy rolls off Pradeep into the empty space and takes out her phone. She takes a picture of the spider named after Katrina and makes it a favorite by pressing on the heart.
“Oh, wow!” Katrina calls out. She’s advanced a few meters and they can’t see her. “Check this out!”
Pradeep army crawls toward the sound of Katrina’s voice…
The natives. It must have been the people of Lisica who’d cleared out this hidden chamber under the boxwood, an oval roughly five meters in diameter. Several large trunks act as columns, but the ground has been swept clear of litter and a couple flat redwood bark planks serve as furniture along the far wall.
Pradeep and Mandy crawl in, exclaiming in surprise one after the other. “This is incredible.” Mandy and Katrina can stand but he remains kneeling. “How many hidden spots do they have here?”
“And we thought for two whole weeks we were the only people on Lisica.” Katrina chuckles at the fallacy.
“Yeah. Well.” Mandy sits on one of the planks, unable to focus on this shadowed hollow. She still feels the glow of Katrina’s kiss. But she’s unsure what made the girl pull away and now she’s starting to get worried that she might never get a taste of those sweet lips again. Mandy sighs. “This place is full of mysteries.”
Ξ
Jay swings in his hammock, staring at the intershot network of branches above and the gray clouds. He could be anywhere on the whole west coast from the Sur up to Oregon’s Gold Coast. They couldn’t have found a biome that feels more to him like home.
And now he can’t move. God damn it. Being injured sucks balls. He pushed it way too hard yesterday, and now even though his bladder is nearly bursting the last thing he wants to do is fall out of the snug hammock and crawl his dumb ass down to the jakes.
“Man, that is a hell of a maze down there.” The sound of his voice in the quiet gets him going. With a groan he grabs both edges of the hammock and heaves himself up, his lower back and hips screaming. This is when he usually lifts his legs and swings them over the edge but his obliques and quads are having none of that.
Jay grunts, locked up. He’s used to waking up in a hammock sore and empty. His usual twenty mile days on steep coastal mountains end footsore and delirious. Especially if he’s been smoking mad herb. But yesterday he did like twenty miles on his belly. And as his high school soccer coach taught him, no matter how good of shape you’re in, you’re only in good shape for that activity. A runner can’t just suddenly swim. They’re whole different muscle groups and kinesthetic chains. A runner isn’t even ready to play soccer. Not until they strengthen their lower calves and hip flexors for that stop/start burst. So Jake, who hasn’t been underground in almost a year, is not at all in shape for a marathon caving sesh. And definitely not with a broken hand and dislocated ankle.
He rolls over his right shoulder onto the ground, landing in the sand on his face, which sends a sharp pain through the base of his skull. Oh, great. Now his neck hurts too? Man. Careful there. He had bad tension headaches as a kid. The last thing he needs is for them to return. Maybe he can convince Mandy to work on it. When she isn’t tearing his scar tissue apart, she actually does some pretty great deep massage. Her touch on his skin sure feels nice. Too bad she’s taken. He halts that train of thought and chuckles at himself. Look, chief, she ain’t for you. He doesn’t know if Mandy is gay or bi or monogamous or whatever but he just doesn’t want to get on Esquibel’s bad side. She’s the fucking doctor.
“I’m having… like a competition… with Maahjabeen…” Getting himself to his feet takes a comically long time. “See… who… heals last!” Finally he straightens. Well, kind of. He totters forward barefoot in the cold sand. “And I win! Suck it, ocean girl.”
On his way back from the trenches his limbs start to unwind. It’s clear that a little walk around camp is in order. He’s famished too. If he’s going to get any work done today he’s going to need some fuel. Didn’t someone say there was a carton of powdered eggs that still hadn’t been unpacked? Let’s see what he can make of those.
“Anybody else hungry?” As far as Jay can tell camp is empty but a lone, deep voice calls out, “Me. Por favor.”
“Alonso, my man. Coming right up. How’s a tofu omelet sound? With maybe like… You know what? Amy and me are thinking of harvesting some seaweed. Maybe if we get some edible varieties we can actually get some salad back on the menu. And if it’s too tough I was thinking we could steep it in your red wine for a few days.”
“An omelet would be amazing.”
Jay laughs at the disembodied voice and starts looking at the bins that remain unopened. “Yes sir, leave the seaweed experiments up to me. Good call. Aha! Here we go! Eggs for days! And a whole canister of powdered garlic! I’m in heaven!”
Twenty minutes later, Jay presents Alonso with a steaming plate on a tray with a mug of tea and dried bananas and blueberries as garnish. Alonso sets aside his laptop and accepts it with a grateful smile. Then he sighs hugely and rubs his eyes. He’s been at work now for hours.
“It looks delicioso. But where is yours?”
“Yeah, I ate as I cooked. Already done. Got a little excited and burned myself.” Jay, speaking with more care than normal because of his scalded tongue, sits on the platform at Alonso’s side.
Alonso laughs at him. “My god, you are your own worst enemy. You get hurt every day. Are you like this on every trip or is this one somehow special?”
Jay laughs at himself, carefree. “Yeah, I’m an idiot. You know what I think my trouble is here? Lisica is so familiar that I keep subconsciously like letting my guard down, thinking I’m still on home turf. But it isn’t. This is an island in the middle of the ocean. I forget I got to bring my A game at all times.”
“That is some good insight there, hermano. So tell me. What was it like underground?”
“Well, it’s pretty cool. Triquet told us about this bioluminescent fungus and I spent like twenty minutes trying to take a picture of it. Here’s the best one.” Jay takes out his phone and shows Alonso a dim blue-green fluorescent blob, grainy and out of focus.
Alonso grunts, then carves another slice out of the omelet. “This is so good. How did you make it so fluffy?”
“Had to whip it like a French chef. Yeah…” Jay frowns at his fungus picture. “Can’t really tell anything about it at all. Too bad. This is supposed to be for Prad. Any idea where he is?”
“He went off that way with a couple others.” Alonso points his fork at the west end of the grove. The more of the omelet he eats, the faster he wants to eat it. It really is the tastiest meal he’s had in days. Too soon, the last bite is gone. “Ahh. Thank you very much, Jay. That omelet was fantastic.”
“Sure thing. You can have one every day. Yeah, Miriam did a great job setting lines down there so I never felt lost. It’s just… there’s so much. All this digging must be like their second job or something. Come and haul out another few shovels of dirt like your grandpa did every day of his whole life. We still ain’t done yet.”
“So these are not natural tunnels?”
“I mean, some are. Carved by water. But most are dug. And then there’s the concrete culvert under the beach. I have no idea what the military was thinking. Maybe they were going to run it all the way up to the pool to give themselves a better source of water? The sea cave and its hidden base needed to be supplied? I don’t know. You’re going to have to get down there yourself somehow and check it out.”
“That appears sadly out of the question.” Alonso squeezes his knees. It is not only his feet that were broken. His torturers swung their rods against his shins and knees with equal ferocity. “But I appreciate the report from the front lines. Oh! I cannot work any more. I need to do something, anything. Even if it hurts.”
“Okay, partner.” Jay groans as he pulls himself to his feet. He collects Alonso’s tray with one hand and holds out the other for Alonso to grasp. “Come with me. Let’s go take a look at things.”
It feels like climbing a mountain, getting out of this camp chair. But Alonso lets Jay haul him forward and up and then he totters on those two broken pillars of dull fire again. Their heat will intensify, the longer he stands on them. The clock has already started ticking. “Where are we headed?”
Jay cackles, happy to have gotten Alonso to come with him. “I don’t know. Where haven’t you been yet?”
“Anywhere.” Alonso shrugs. “I was on the beach at first. Then I’ve been in the bunker and…” He shrugs again, realizing how sad it is. “That’s all, I guess.”
“Oh, man. You haven’t even seen the waterfall? Wait. I’ve got an idea. Give me ten seconds to get rid of this.”
Jay hobbles away with the tray. Alonso watches him go, then realizes he should get started moving in that direction. Jay will catch up to him. Ah! There was that one other time he ventured into the bushes here to pee. That’s when he saw the native child. A vision. A vision that has come true. Remember, Alonso. Be careful here. This is where you tripped and cracked your head open last time. By the time he catches his breath, Jay has returned with Triquet, who wears a floral housecoat and a scarf.
Now Jay carries a duffel bag, nearly full. “Hey, Alonso, do you know how to play cribbage?”
“Eh?” Images flicker through Alonso’s mind, of his uncle, Julio, and his nicotine-stained fingers and the nicotine-stained cards he always carried. Cribbage was one of the many games the dapper old Spaniard had taught him. His earliest introduction to number theory, probability, and statistics. “Yes. Why?”
“Because,” Triquet gently links their arm with Alonso’s to provide support, “when Mister Hophead here asked in the bunker if anyone wanted to smoke a doobie and play cribbage by the pool I couldn’t resist.”
“Oh. Is that what we’re doing?” Alonso leans against Triquet, his heart easing. “Ah, Triquet. Thank you. I’d follow you anywhere.”
Jay shows them the contents of the duffel. “Indica for the aches and pains. And you get to sit on the bank and put your feet in the water. Look. I’ve got a blanket.”
He pushes his way through a stand of ferns, the ground covered in clover and luminous moss. They follow, finally fetching up at the edge of the pool. Alonso stares at the falling cascade, struck by its grace and beauty. “I saw it on the drone video. From above. But it is so much bigger than I thought it would be! It is glorious! But wait, Triquet. This is what you tried to dive through?”
Triquet makes a face. “Did I tell you how desperate I was at the time? And that it doesn’t look so dangerous from the other side?”
“You are crazy. I take back all the nice things I just said about you.” Alonso pushes on Triquet’s arm in jest.
“Definitely a baller move.” Jay puts a fleece blanket down over the irregular rock shelf at the pool’s edge. “And you still somehow escaped unscathed. You’ll have to teach me your ways.”
They lower Alonso’s suffering body onto the blanket. Soon, a game of three-handed cribbage is in full swing. They fall to silently arranging their cards and taking drags off the joint. Alonso’s head immediately starts to swim. He has never been much of a smoker but the high is similar enough to wine to be enjoyable.
“But wait. The whole point was to get Alonso’s feet in the water.”
Jay’s voice comes from a long way away. Oh no. Miriam was right. This is powerful shit. His perspective telescopes forward and back like in a Hitchcock movie. He drops his gaze to watch Triquet fuss with his shoes. Those are Alonso’s own feet but they seem so far away. Good. The pain is in the distance.
“Tell me if I’m going too fast.”
Yes, Triquet also sounds far away. Everyone is so far. How sad. It’s just Alonso and the waterfall now.
“Jay.” Triquet snaps their fingers in front of Alonso’s face, trying to get his attention. “I think you broke him.”
“Yeah, I doubt he had much access to weed in a VA hospital. Well, let’s get his feet in the water and see if that helps.”
The cold water against Alonso’s skin is like an electric shock. It jolts through him with an awful stab, jangling his nerves. But he doesn’t pull his feet out. The THC and its related cannabinoids soothe him as the shock turns to crystal cold vitality. There is life in this water. It runs up his legs, recharging him. As the cold eases the ache in his feet, circuits are completed within him for the first time in nearly six years and Alonso rouses himself.
“Fifteen-two, fifteen-four, and a run of three is seven.” Alonso startles them by adding up his score and pushing the cards toward Jay. He suddenly feels great, better than he has in years.
“Well well well.” Triquet nods, happy to see their efforts bearing fruit. Alonso’s face clears and for the very first time here on Lisica, he looks like the man Triquet saw when they first met. It was way back when they were an undergrad and Alonso came to Ann Arbor to lecture. Triquet had gotten an instant crush on the older man. He had been so stylish and accomplished. Not like the victim they’ve been nursing here the last couple weeks.
Triquet takes another light puff. No need to get wasted. This is just a little break in the day before getting back to urgent matters such as locating Flavia in the interior and establishing some kind of relationship with the Lisicans. “I’ve got a double run for eight.”
Jay frowns. “Well you didn’t tell me you were both some kind of goddamn card sharks. I’ve only got a pair. Two points. And the crib… is empty. Great.”
Alonso and Triquet laugh at Jay’s ill fortune.
He glares at them, struck by what oddballs they all are. Alonso is such a character and Triquet is a complete fucking original and Jay knows that he himself is something of a cartoon to most people. Without thinking how it might sound, he blurts, “Do you ever like wonder why normal people don’t come out on projects like this?”
An uncomfortable silence greets his words. Triquet looks at Jay like he just called them a slur. Alonso is embarrassed for him.
“What? I mean, like take my cousins in San Clemente for example. Got normal jobs. Weddings and kids and houses and cars. The whole suburban thing. Why aren’t any of them here?”
“Are you… trying to imply that I am not normal?” Triquet fights the growing knot of sickness in their gut. Not again. Not here.
Jay blinks at both of them, unable to process what the problem is. “Ohh. You think I mean normal in a good way? Nah, not at all. To me normal is an insult. I’ve done all I could my whole life to let my freak flag fly.”
“So… you’re a freak?”
“Hundred percent. Aren’t you?”
Alonso lifts a hand. “Jay.”
Triquet covers Alonso’s hand with their own, very much against needing someone else to speak for them. A deep breath helps dispel the growing impulse to shout at this clueless young man. “I don’t ever like reminding people of their privilege, Jay, but… Normalcy isn’t just like what bands you like or what sports team you follow. Leave it to the white guy to be like, ‘Ew, the normals. How tired is everybody of them?’ Well the rest of us don’t have that luxury. Being normal is whether you belong or are accepted by society at large. It can literally be the difference between life and death.”
“Fucking A, what a great speech.” Jay rocks back, mind blown. “That is some serious wisdom you’re dropping. But. At the same time. I mean. Normal still isn’t great. Can’t we do better? When we were all in high school me and my buddies said we’d never get married. Literally like all of our parents were divorced. What was the point? As an institution it just like curled up and died. Then last year, Glen came out as gay and said he was getting married. And the rest of us were like, Dude. I get it. You become a full legal member of society but this is our chance to build something I don’t know, better than marriage, more meaningful. Or just more accurate for modern relationships. And now suddenly we’re on opposite sides of this issue.”
“Why is that suddenly his responsibility?” Triquet shrugs off the claims made here. “Why does being in the vanguard for one issue mean that we’re all of a sudden responsible to reinvent this whole other thing that straight white dudes ruined? I’m not your savior. Glen isn’t going to clean up your messes. He probably just wants a car and a family in the suburbs, if he’s like most people.”
“Wow, these are all such amazing points.” Jay pounds on his knee. “You are so right. Glen’s totally got enough on his plate. His husband has health problems. They needed the medical coverage. So yeah. I’ll like spend my social capital on revolution and let him and Farrell raise kids and join the PTA. I am so glad you set my head straight about that, doc.” Jay takes another huge hit from the joint and offers it to Alonso, who declines. “So, what about you, Alonso? Would you ever get married?”
“My wife would never let me.”
Jay giggles. He passes the joint to Triquet instead. “And what about you, Triquet?”
Triquet takes a hefty drag then makes a face. “Me? Never. Marriage is for squares.”
Ξ
As morning turns to afternoon, Maahjabeen finds that her body is finally starting to obey her wishes again. She is getting range of motion back in her spine and shoulders. Excitement builds in her, a nervous energy running down her limbs. Her hands make fists, wanting to grasp the paddle again. Her toes flex to steer the rudder. But she isn’t anywhere near the water.
With a brief bark of residual pain she stands from her seat at the long tables inside the bunker, where she’d been collating data from Mandy’s weather station and comparing it to her readings of local currents. Maahjabeen stretches as Esquibel exits the clean room.
“I heard you exclaim.” Esquibel assesses Maahjabeen, watching the young woman raise her hands far over her head. “Ah, that’s some good flexibility, Maahjabeen. How does it feel?”
“It feels like it is time for me to get back on the water. How about you, Doctor Daine? Are you much of a boater?”
Esquibel makes a face and shakes her head no. “I keep my time on the water to steel-hulled ships. You people in your fragile little boats make me so nervous.”
Maahjabeen laughs. “Yes, well you sailors in your big ships make us paddlers nervous. Do you think you can help me get my baby to the beach? I miss the water so much.”
“Are you ready?” But Esquibel can tell Maahjabeen has reached the point in her recovery where she won’t be dissuaded. “This is the critical time right now for re-injury. You need to be careful.”
“Yes. Careful.” Maahjabeen swears to herself she will be. This enforced recovery has been driving her insane. She’ll do anything to make sure she never has to go through that again. Lifting a solemn hand, she swears, “On the graves of my ancestors, I won’t do anything stupid.”
“You mean, like carry a boat all the way around that fallen tree and down to the beach?” Esquibel shakes her head. Humans are so foolish. Especially the young ones. “Let’s find someone else to help me do it. You just keep doing some gentle stretching. And if you feel something twinge, I need you to shut it down, okay?”
“Yes. Shut it down. Ah! Here’s Amy. She’s strong.”
Amy enters the bunker, her smile flickering when she hears this. But she shakes her head and re-asserts her sunny disposition and approaches them. “Hello, everyone. Or, should I say, Bontiik, and then I nudge you under your chin like this.” Amy uses the second knuckle of her index finger to gently chuck Esquibel on the point of her chin. “That is how you greet someone in Lisican.”
Esquibel and Maahjabeen stare at Amy in shock. Things are evidently progressing much faster than they thought. Neither of them have been through the tunnels to the interior. To Esquibel it sounds forbidding, like a medical emergency waiting to happen. Maahjabeen has already had enough of the tunnels after trying to initially pursue Flavia. Also, the interior is too far from the shore, it’s the last place Maahjabeen wants to be.
“Lisican.” Maahjabeen tries the word. “Yes, I suppose… Is that what they call themselves?”
“Yes, well, their silver foxes. Katrina was right. They call them all forms of Lee-zee. Lisicha, Lisipatxo, Lisibaba. It was the word that we both understood and let them know I was ready to learn how to communicate. And then, wow. Once you gain their trust they’re really engaging. Very lively. And it’s funny for once to be the tallest person in the group.” Amy’s irrepressible giggle interrupts her story. “Now what did you need help with?”
“Can you help Esquibel carry my kayak to the beach? I need to be on the water. Just in the lagoon. Nothing ambitious. But I just never spend this much time on land. I am like a beached dolphin. Drying out and dying.”
Amy nods, sympathetic. “Of course. Of course. But only on one condition. No. Two.”
“Two conditions?” Maahjabeen assumes her bargaining face. Market-stall haggling is second nature to her. “What are they?”
“First, learn the greeting. Bontiik.” Amy chucks Maahjabeen under the chin.
Maahjabeen can’t deny that request. “Bontiik.” She reaches out and uncertainly touches Amy on the chin.
“I’m pretty sure the gesture has to be across the chin, like a gentle nudge. They kept correcting me.” Amy does it again.
Maahjabeen chucks Amy under the chin. “And your second condition?”
“That we bring both boats and I go out on the water with you.”
“Ehhh…” To Maahjabeen, the solitude the water brings is half what she needs. But before she can formulate an argument…
“Yes. Good plan.” Esquibel decides for her. “Now let’s get the boats. I can watch from shore. Get me out of my little room for a little while.” She fetches a hat and sunglasses.
Maahjabeen accepts her fate. The lagoon is large. Perhaps they can split up at some point and she can get some time alone.
It takes another ten minutes for everyone to gather their things and pull the boats out from under the big platform. Amy in front, Esquibel in back, they each hold the handle of a boat in both hands to carry them at the same time. They’ve loaded the cockpits and hatches with the few things they need. Amy has brought her own hat and a pair of the Dyson readers.
Maahjabeen hates this new giant fallen redwood trunk across the beach. It prevents her from being able to see as much of the water as she could before from camp and it prevents access. She just wants it gone. But it is just so huge there is no way they will ever be able to move it. Well. God has a plan. Inshallah.
To get around the roots they have to put the blue boat down and carry the yellow one first, then return for the second one to slowly navigate it through the choked passage. Finally they bring the kayaks to the shore and put Maahjabeen in place. They shove her off and she’s free, she’s actually free again once more.
Her shoulders still hurt when she paddles but she doesn’t care. This is the exact movement that originally injured her after all, but these are also the muscles that are strongest in her. Her body knows she must paddle. It is what she is built to do.
Within a dozen strokes she’s across the lagoon and getting swept across the inner face of the barrier rocks in an ebbtide current. With a strong dig in the water, she pivots and dances back out of the current before it brings her to the mouth of the lagoon. She paddles back, surprised to see Amy already in the water, churning out to her with short, powerful strokes that lift the nose of the blue boat above the waterline. Maahjabeen had been about to demand the same proficiency roll as she had of Pradeep, but Amy’s handling is so expert it would be nothing but bad manners. Well. At least she won’t have to worry about Amy drowning out here.
“Ohh this is so nice getting back out on the water again.” Amy leans her head back and sighs. “There was a time I basically lived on the water. Monterey Bay. Do you know it?”
“I have heard of it but I have never been to the United States.”
“Oh, we’ve got some fantastic paddling all over the country. I managed the sea lion populations for a number of years there. About twelve. And summers were up in Resurrection Bay, Alaska running killer whale trips for tourists. Isn’t kayaking the best?”
“God provides,” is all Maahjabeen can manage, suddenly afraid that this blocky old Japanese woman has more experience in the one thing that makes Maahjabeen special and the one valuable skill she can bring to this project. No. But that is not the case. She is still the only marine researcher here, the only one who can tell them what is happening in the wider ocean around them. That is, if she can ever actually access it.
Amy trails her hand in the frigid water. “Oh, look at all this sea grass. If it was any warmer we’d be snorkeling down there daily. But I don’t have a wetsuit for these temperatures. Do you?”
Maahjabeen shakes her head no, remembering how she forbid the use of the lagoon to Katrina. Could she do the same for Amy? She doubted it. The biologist has a clear right to be here, studying the life forms and making whatever collections she wants, despite Maahjabeen’s desire to keep the lagoon pristine.
“How’s the shoulders?” Amy’s maternal concern does make Maahjabeen regret her selfishness and she smiles in gratitude.
“Fine. Better. The more I paddle the better they feel. But look. You will appreciate this.” Maahjabeen navigates her boat to the mouth of the lagoon so they can both study the impassable rollers. “Here is the door to my jail cell. Without an outboard motor or a killer whale’s tail I just can’t get over those wave tops. The only time I could was before the storm.”
“Yes, I’ve been watching the ocean too. Big Japanese past-time, you know. Get the rhythm of the local tides in your blood. And talk to everyone you see about the weather. Basically every Japanese conversation starts and ends with weather. All the natural cycles.”
Maahjabeen only listens, staring at the unending rollers. Great. Amy might be a better oceanographer than her as well. Now what is Maahjabeen good for here? Leading morning prayer?
“It is a puzzle, though, isn’t it?” Amy paddles past the mouth, skipping her boat across the strong current before it can take her. “The thing is, I think if we get down to this angle we might see something.” She continues on toward the barrier rocks right off the eastern point. “Oh, this is a much better vantage point than what I’ve been able to see from the beach. Yes… Watch what happens when this sea stack gets hit by the second wave. The big one.”
Maahjabeen follows and waits. The wave hits the wall of rock with a crump, spraying a massive wall of white foam outward. Then on the return it sucks the surrounding water in.
“Watch here. See how that draw drops the next wave? Just like stops it in its tracks, but just right here.”
Maahjabeen nods, elated. “And the next one too. So the first two waves of the set get canceled here? There might be enough space to pass. But that’s awfully close to the rock.”
“Yeah, it’s a sprint for sure. But if you watch, there’s an epicycle. Every twentieth or twenty-first set is a much bigger wave that cancels out the next five.”
“Five waves of a set? That’s nearly a minute. I could get across that stretch in a minute no problem.”
“Yes, well, the benefits of patience.”
Now Maahjabeen is fairly certain Amy is a better oceanographer than she is. And just a better scientist in general. Her CV must be outrageous. And that collegial manner pays so many dividends. If Maahjabeen had been less reserved and territorial she may have learned these important things earlier. But it was not to be helped. She’d dealt with so much insanity on her previous jobs she needed to learn how to trust people again. Now she is just grateful to be in a position to have things go right. And she might even get out past the rollers after all! “Inshallah!” Oh, God does provide!
“You can say that again!” Amy laughs, wowed by the sudden transformation in Maahjabeen. Good lord but the young lady has the most scintillating smile. And her excitement to face the open ocean is infectious. Amy can’t wait to go herself.
But wait. Mandy is back on the shore, waving them in. Esquibel stands beside her, talking. But Mandy is intent on getting their attention. “Oh, no.” Maahjabeen slumps. “Not again.”
Amy paddles close to shore. “Another storm?”
Mandy nods. “Another storm.”
They take one more long paddle around the lagoon, Maahjabeen intent on getting her body right. Then they haul the boats from the water as the western wind strengthens and that corner of the sky begins to darken. With a sigh, Maahjabeen rests the paddle across her shoulders and supervises Esquibel and Amy’s packing.
“Look.” Mandy touches Maahjabeen’s shoulder. She points behind them. Pradeep is there, at the fallen redwood. He has collected the thick shell pieces of its bark that fell off on impact and he is now building a modest lean-to up against the trunk. When he sees them watching he motions to them.
Mandy and Maahjabeen approach. Pradeep lifts the largest bark pieces above, to serve as a roof. He ties them down with twine. “How do you like it?”
“So cozy!” Mandy ducks within.
Maahjabeen turns and asks loudly enough for Esquibel to hear, “I thought we weren’t supposed to build any structures?”
Esquibel, carrying both kayaks with Amy, looks at the lean-to with a pinched expression. She shrugs. “I can’t imagine it looks like a structure from above.”
“The satellites are fooled!” Pradeep celebrates by placing a lintel over the door. He ties it off then bows formally to Maahjabeen. “Your Highness. May I present you with the keys?”
She laughs, unsure what the joke is.
“Take a look in here!” Mandy pulls Maahjabeen inside, where the wind dies and the light fades to near perfect darkness.
“Very snug.” Now that Maahjabeen is out of the water she is hungry and just wants to get back to camp.
Pradeep appears in the tilted handmade door. “No. I don’t think you get what I’m saying. This is yours, Maahjabeen. I know how hard it’s been for you dealing with all us land-lubbers. So I built this as your own place. A cottage by the sea.”
Maahjabeen claps her hands over her mouth. Oh, dear God. This is hers? It is perfect. There’s a window overlooking the lagoon and everything. And it is so private here on this side of that huge log. It is just her and the sea.
Maahjabeen grabs Pradeep’s hand and squeezes it. “Thank you. Oh, Pradeep, thank you so much. It is perfect.”
“Just a few more tweaks here and there.” His hands won’t stop working on it. “And then we can move you in. Come on, Mandy. Let’s go get her things.”
“Yeah, Maahjabeen,” Mandy blows her a kiss. “You stay here.”
Maahjabeen sits in the doorway watching the lagoon and the rollers beyond. What is this filling her heart, this overwhelming pressure of light and happiness? The word finally comes to her: Abundance. “Inshallah.” God provides again and again.
Chapter 13 – My Secret Past
March 25, 2024
Thanks for joining us on our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:
13 – My Secret Past
“You know, despite this current emergency,” Esquibel confides to Amy as they hurry toward the beach, trying to beat the setting sun, “I’m not nearly as unhappy here as I normally am.”
“Not nearly? Ha. That could be the travel slogan.” Amy climbs the fallen redwood trunk and drops down into the sand. “Come to Lisica! Be 84% less unhappy!”
Esquibel leaps gracefully from the trunk. “Careful here.” She kneels, peering at the churned up sand. “Can we see if any of them made tracks here…?”
Amy sighs. “Too many. All the endless comings and goings over the last few days. And who knows what shoes they’re all wearing. Triquet’s usually in those big boots but… Flavia is usually in like slip-ons? Maahjabeen could be barefoot for all I know. And maybe they aren’t even together.”
“Ehh. I think they must be. Otherwise all three of them chose today to independently disappear for six hours.”
“Unlikely, I agree. But maybe one thing set them off in different directions.” They follow the gentle slope down to the water, where weathered steps in the sand are now little more than shallow depressions. No footprints remain in the tideline. Either the water has washed them away or they were never there to begin with. “We just don’t know, Esquibel. So let’s not make assumptions without more data. Right now it’s just fairy tales.”
“Like how Katrina thinks the Chinese kidnapped them?”
Amy shrugs. “I mean, it does sound paranoid but it also sounds like she has some kind of background in spy stuff so who knows? We find the wreckage of a Chinese plane at the same time they go missing? Is that just coincidence or something more?”
A voice cries out to them from back the way they came. It is Miriam, who has climbed atop the fallen trunk to wave at them, calling out details that are carried away by the wind. So instead she just beckons them toward her.
They hurry back. When Amy and Esquibel get nearer Miriam yells, “They went into the sub!”
“Oh, thank god.” Amy grabs Miriam’s lowered hand and jumps up the log. “But I thought we checked the sub? Where were they?”
Esquibel leaps onto the log and scrambles up beside Miriam. “And are they okay?”
“No,” Miriam shakes her head. “I mean, we haven’t found them yet. We don’t know if they’re okay. They went all the way through and out the bottom underground somehow. There’s another hole in the sub that leads further down.”
“Another hole? Where? And they’re down there somewhere?” Amy begins to hurry. “Oh, Jesus.”
Esquibel takes off at a run toward the bunker, calling out over her shoulder, “I will get my supplies and meet you there!”
Amy follows Miriam into the bunker, then through the trap door and down the narrow steps into the sub. In the first wardroom they encounter Jay, who is slowly making his way along the deck with a bad limp. Amy slips her head under his shoulder and he gratefully uses her as a crutch. Esquibel appears, pushing past them.
“Thanks, boss. Hey. Wait. It’s the air. Miriam. Think about it.”
Miriam leads them in a hurry through the narrow hall to the control room. She waits for Jay impatiently in there, needing clarification. He skipped too many steps. “What do you mean?”
“Your tunnels! It’s got to be. They found a way in.”
“You think they’re in tunnels? Good heavens. There’s no way that’s safe. If it’s limestone channels formed by water they’re going to be wet and it will be slick and completely treacherous.”
Jay winces and grunts to drop himself belowdecks. Then he hurries through the three rooms down here to find Katrina and Pradeep crouched in the last one at a dark hole in the deck. His eyes are wide, fists clenched beneath his chin. She is beside him, clutching his arm, trying to keep his panic attack from spiraling.
“Good.” Pradeep springs up when he sees the newcomers and shakes off her grasp. “They are here. And I am certain you will not be needing me any more. Good,” he repeats, brushing past Amy and Jay and Miriam and fleeing the sub.
Katrina sighs and sits at the edge, dangling her feet into the void. “Poor bloke. Glad you’re here. We got a pretty puzzle.”
Amy and Jay cautiously approach. “What—what is it?” he asks.
“Don’t know yet.” Katrina shines her phone’s light through a rusted hole in the sub’s steel hull into a tunnel of raw earth. “Their footprints are definitely at the bottom. And they go off that way.”
Esquibel looks down at the ragged hole with a frown. “Has anyone else gone down there yet?”
“Nope. Where’s Mandy and Alonso?”
“They’re still searching the grove,” Miriam says. “Or Mandy is. Alonso is home base.”
“I can’t believe anyone got Flavia down there.” Katrina prepares herself to descend. “Well. If she can go I can go. Who’s with me?”
“Me.” Jay shuffles forward.
“Stop, stop.” Esquibel pulls Katrina away. She puts her other hand on Jay’s chest. “Have you lost your minds? We aren’t just jumping in after them. They have been gone too long. They are lost or maybe dead. Think clearly.”
“It’s just there’s steps worn into the side here.” Katrina shines her light against the tunnel wall directly beneath her. “Can’t be any harm in dropping down to the mud on the bottom, taking a peek around the curve, see if there’s anything to see.”
“First we will discuss this.” Esquibel does not let go of the two young adventurers.
Amy tugs on Jay’s sleeve. “Amen. Hold up, Jay. Let’s make sure we do this right. Get everything we need. Let’s get a list going. Ropes and water and lights. How many of us are going?”
“Three sounds good.” Jay eases back. He tries not to sound too eager. They aren’t convinced yet. “Cool deal. Good plan all around. And Katrina’s got a nice little scouting idea there.”
“You are certainly not going down there,” Esquibel tells Jay. “Not if your ankle will ever properly heal. Alonso cannot. Mandy will fall and break something, I swear. And I shouldn’t. It is Navy doctrine not to risk the doctor.”
“Well, this is my field of expertise.” Miriam steps forward and peers into the hole. “Wow, was this dug by hand? Look at the marks on the walls.” Grooves and rough planes score the earth. She steps back. “Okay. Let’s pull back to the surface and really plan this out. Time is of the essence but we need to hear from Alonso on this. He may know something. We’ll approach it as a virgin caving expedition. So I’ll lead and we’ll be daisy-chained together with rope. I’ll take Amy. I’d like a third but I need someone with caving experience.”
Katrina says, “Well, I’ve just fooled around in some sea caves. Gone on a couple tours. But I don’t get claustrophobic.”
“Okay. That’s definitely a big part of it. We’ll see. ”
Ξ
An hour later, Miriam has returned to the hand-carved tunnel. Now she wears a helmet with a headlamp. A field pack with a short-handled pick and an extra satchel filled with water bottles slung across a shoulder completes her loadout. Her climbing harness is strapped into Katrina’s six meters behind her, whose rope harness is improvised but solid. Amy, in Miriam’s second harness and helmet, has another six meters of rope at the rear. Behind her the other hundred meters waits coiled, its end tied off.
Miriam will do all the real work. The other two will just be there to help remove injured team members or brace a line when she needs to climb or descend.
Jay, sulking, watches them go. “I could totally do those steps. I’m your caving third. I’ve got like a thousand hours underground.”
“Don’t make them take care of your fragile male ego right now.” Esquibel pats Jay on the shoulder. “They’re busy. Now it’s a hundred-fifty meters of rope. You go to the end, you come back. You never go off-rope. Right?”
“Aye aye, Captain,” Miriam salutes.
“Lieutenant Commander, please. And if anyone needs any medical attention, do not move them unless absolutely necessary.”
“Yes, Doctor.” Amy waves, cheery. “I mean, Commander. And two yanks means pull us back up!”
“Is that a thing?” Jay asks as Miriam starts to descend, careful not to let the rusted metal edges anywhere close to her limbs. “Cause that sounds like it should totally be a thing we should do.”
“Yes. Sure. Agreed.” Miriam can barely contain her excitement. This is the most significant and dangerous thing she has done in quite a long time. Explore an uncharted cave system and lead a rescue mission at the same time? Now this is some fair craic. This is like Super Geologist comic book territory.
The lugs of her boots bite into the soft earth of the hand-carved steps. She secures her footing and climbs down, nine tall irregular steps to the mud floor. It smells damp, with alkalines and calcites in the air. The temperature is cooler down here. She crouches to inspect the slurry under her feet.
Katrina lowers herself in after. Her heels find the steps and she quickly descends, a bubble of excitement rising in her chest. Finally she’s getting treated as an equal around here. Way past time she gets to be the dangerous one.
Amy is next, thinking how lucky she is to go out on an adventure like this with Miriam again after all these years. They have done great things together in the past. Big Bend and Churchill, Ontario and the Columbia River Gorge. Either it was Amy getting brought onto a geology study as a field biologist consultant or Amy hiring Miriam to be the geologist consultant in turn. Back and forth, trading jobs and positions on projects across North America. But it has been a long time. Success in both their careers the last decade or so has made such scheduling impossible.
Now she’s back in action with one of her favorite partners. The long lean form of Miriam stoops forward, drawing the other two ahead. Katrina mirrors her movement. There’s something of Miriam in the young Aussie, Amy thinks. They have the same hardiness and intensity. Yet they both possess such delicate edges.
“The curve narrows here,” Miriam calls out, her voice muffled. “Hold on. Let me remove my bags. Katrina. Please send them in after me. I hope it’s just a chokepoint but if it’s a sustained crawl I’ll need you to—Here. I’ll just tie them onto the line myself. Then I can drag them when I need them. Wish me luck.”
Amy can’t see past Katrina or hear what she murmurs to her. She must just patiently stand here in this pit, waiting to hear if there is good news or bad news from ahead.
Miriam is gone a fairly long time, long enough for Amy to get worried. Esquibel calls down to them, “What is happening?”
“Just some scouting.” Amy keeps her voice light. No point in alarming anyone. “Taking it nice and slow. Careful.”
“Good.” Esquibel retreats from the opening above.
“Any news?” Amy rests a hand on Katrina’s shoulder.
“Uh, the Nikkei Price Index fell by one and a third on news of a bleak commodities report today.”
“Very funny. Anything from Miriam? Two yanks? Anything?”
“No. She doesn’t even appear to be moving forward much. I can only see her feet. She’s definitely crawling. Like a worm. Ah! There we go!”
Amy hears fabric sliding across the mud. “Are those her bags?”
“Yeh. Looks like she got through to the far side and now she’s pulling it after. Maybe she can just pull us through. Get the full mud experience.”
Katrina kneels and puts a hand on the sloping roof of the tunnel. “My turn?”
Miriam’s voice is indistinct. Katrina thinks she hears an encouraging tone. She shrugs, realizing it’s all she’s going to get. Ducking down, she worms her way forward until she is lying on her chin, cold mud pressing against her entire front, soaking into her jeans and socks. “Here I come!” And to herself: Yeh, it’s a good thing I’m not claustrophobic.
It isn’t such a tight squeeze that she needs to force her way through but her movement is definitely constricted. She can’t raise her elbows and knees more than a bit. Slowly she scrambles forward. After about five meters she breaks through.
Amy is last. She loves a good Army crawl, although some of her earliest associations with it are less than pleasant. Anything military is always Okinawa to her first, and she was never happy there. Yet it’s good to be little, that she knows. This is her time to shine. But, like, wow. This sure is a lot of mud.
Amy spills laughing from the hole, covered in filth, falling onto a concrete floor. Whoa. Wait. Concrete? “What is this?” On her hands and knees she stares at the green-stained concrete floor before her. Water sheets downslope, from right to left. Above to the right the culvert is mostly collapsed and the water only trickles through. She can’t for the life of her figure out what it means.
“I know,” Miriam complains. “I was just finally getting used to a bit of soil and stone then nope! Yet another obstacle in my way!”
“Some kind of underground culvert or something I think.” Katrina sends her light ahead. “Like a concrete aqueduct. Maybe they used this to channel water somewhere? For some reason?”
Amy is utterly confounded. “I—I don’t know. I guess I just really didn’t expect this. I mean, none of Triquet’s records talk about an underground concrete project at any point in time. I can’t imagine what it was for.”
“If you’re very quiet…” Miriam says, holding up her hand, “you can hear the surf.”
They listen. Beyond the steady gurgle of water nearby, a deep subsonic rumble trembles the air every few seconds. “Which way is this? I’m so turned around. Are we pointed at the beach?”
“We must be. Come on then, ladies.”
“Wait. First,” Miriam delays them, shining her light backward. “Look. This mess is what probably kept them from finding their way back.”
The concrete wall they’ve emerged from has partially collapsed, exposing gaps that reveal bare earth. Each one of these gaps has been dug into, a whole yawning cluster of tunnel mouths heading off into different directions. Katrina counts eleven. Only because their climbing rope still runs out of the bottom, partially-collapsed entrance do they know that it is the way back. Without that clue it would be impossible to tell. She takes a picture on her phone, the flash blinding them for a moment.
“Oh, no… You think they took a wrong one back somehow?”
“I do.” Miriam turns back to the sound of the surf and the long dark concrete culvert ahead. “But let’s investigate this first. Easier going ahead, for one thing.”
Miriam slings her bags back on and steps forward. The roof is nearly two meters high and the slime-covered concrete walls are far enough apart they don’t need to touch them. But soon they reach the end of their hundred-fifty meter range. Amy calls out when she feels the rope behind go taut against her waist.
“Turn back?” Katrina is surprised the two older women haven’t suggested it yet. She isn’t used to being the voice of common sense.
“I have no desire to crawl through the muck just to tell Esquibel this much,” Amy says. “Cause then we’ll have to come right back and do it all again, if she even lets us. Maybe we can detach for a bit and leave the rope here?”
“Breaking the law, oooo.” But Katrina doesn’t actually think it’s dangerous. The culvert isn’t going to flood anytime soon, is it? And it’s not like they’re dangling from a pit.
“Agreed.” Miriam begins working on the rope tied to the back of Amy’s harness. She lets it fall. “We can remain roped in between the three of us but this rope leading back is really most useful as a breadcrumb trail just indicating which tunnel gets us to the sub.”
“Let’s just remember,” Amy adds, “bottom-most tunnel, looks like it’s blocked from this side, right in the middle. Everyone got it?” She drops the rope. Then she picks it up again. “But we can’t just leave this here. Maybe I should tie it off. So they can’t pull it back by mistake.”
Katrina nods, giddy. She can’t believe she’s in the presence of such daring old ladies. For a hilarious moment it occurs to her that she might indeed have to be the wise head down here.“Yeh, good thinking. Here.” She finds a fissure in the concrete. “Just like wedge that knot in here. We can make it impossible to get out.”
Amy agrees with a grunt, forcing it under a jagged hanging lip of concrete. There. No amount of pulling will dislodge it.
Miriam leads Katrina and Amy deeper down the culvert. After a short stretch the tunnel widens and water drops into a deeper trench with a walkway raised along the left side. They progress carefully, the concrete slick, the danger of falling and sliding into the trench real. Doors line the wall, three steel panels painted dark blue, their red insignia faded.
These doors are locked or welded shut. There is no give to them. “Triquet can figure these out later.” Miriam shakes her head in dismay at how many directions they’ve already been given to search. She leads Katrina and Amy past the doors toward the end of the culvert. A large grate, mostly rusted through, bars the wide opening. It is here that the freshwater spilling past them from above meets the ocean, whose gentle waves make noise on the far side. The air is closed off when the water fills the gap, sending gulping shockwaves of pressure up the culvert, bringing with it the inhalation and exhalation of air they felt all the way up in the sub.
Beside this grate at the end of the walk is a tall rusted steel door, slightly ajar. The sound of the surf is much louder here. Miriam makes an excited face to the others and slips through. Katrina peeks, then follows. Amy looks behind herself, left all alone and suddenly fearing ghosts, then she hurries through the door as well.
They find themselves in a sea cave, crowded with stalactites. The main feature is a broad waterfall from behind them that is joined by the culvert’s effluence to push a steady stream of white foam into the lapping seawater. Its ceiling is no more than four meters high but the cavern appears to be vast, large striated shelves of bare limestone creating channels through the rushing water and stone platforms in alcoves up above the waterline, on which the remains of pillbox bunkers and buildings stand. The remnants of a concrete pier jut out into the water, its steel rails rusted black. The half-sunk remains of a postwar patrol boat lie at the edge.
This was a hidden port, only big enough for small boats and submarines but nothing larger. It is a modest installation, but still an astounding one to their eyes. Some excavation has been done, but for the most part the structures fit in among the hanging stone and rushing channels. The one foundation by the port looks like it was a small boathouse or command center. Others further along look like storage, hidden in shadow.
To the far left, past obscuring columns and wandering currents, an indirect band of silver daylight dimly lights the cavern. Out on a forward platform near the sea cave’s entrance, a figure sits on the concrete and looks out at the light. It is Maahjabeen.
Ξ
“So the plan must be from now on,” Esquibel demands, standing at the head of the long table at camp, “anyone goes anywhere, someone at camp has to know. At least write a note.”
“Kind of unworkable.” Jay says it louder than intended. He’d meant to keep it to himself.
“And not really applicable in this case,” Katrina agrees with him. “I mean, if we’d all known they were down there they still would have gotten lost on the way back and we still would have waited too long.” She shrugs. “Not a real rules person myself.”
“You are both young.” Esquibel isn’t used to having to defend her medical orders. “You’re like the two youngest people here and your sense of risk is too high.”
“I’m young,” Mandy counters, “and I love rules! My sense of risk is very low. I’m not sure whose case that helps but… you know, like another data point?”
“Esquibel is right.” Everyone silences to hear Maahjabeen’s quiet voice. “It is my fault. I started the whole thing. And I should have left word where we were going. I just didn’t think… One thing led to another and suddenly we were in the tunnel chasing Flavia—”
“Wait,” Miriam interrupts her. “Flavia was in front?”
“She said she heard desperate cries for help. She hardly waited for us to respond before she just dived in headfirst.”
“Did you or Triquet hear any of these cries?”
“No. But we had to go after her.” Maahjabeen shivers. Then she laughs a bit sadly at herself before continuing. “Not been my best week. I’m not even fully recovered from the storm.”
“Of course you aren’t,” Esquibel scolds her. “You can barely move. What were you thinking?”
“She was thinking,” Jay answers for her, “that we still hadn’t figured out the source of the air in the sub.”
“Precisely. It was just an innocent exploration.” Maahjabeen leans back, irritated that Jay would speak for her but relieved that at least somebody gets it. “But by the time we crawled through that horrible mud tunnel and got into that concrete culvert thing she was gone. That was the last we saw of her.”
“The last?” Amy shakes her head. “That was almost seven hours ago. What happened to Triquet?”
“We explored the sea cave together, thinking Flavia had gone that way. We even searched the water in case she had fallen in. But no. She must have tried to return through one of the other tunnels. Just crazy. Triquet told me to wait there. That they would come back to get you and then we would all search for her together.”
Miriam groans. “And then Triquet must have tried to go back to the sub and taken the wrong way back instead. So all three of you are in completely different places, heading in different directions. Fantastic. We’re going to have to explore that entire system, step by step. But I don’t even understand how it all got there. Those tunnels are dug. Some of the marks are even quite fresh.”
“The island,” Alonso reminds her, “is inhabited.”
“So the natives have had access to us this entire time?” Esquibel clicks her tongue, worried. “Great.”
Amy stands. “Welp. I guess I’ll just like wait down in the culvert in case any of them get back. They’ll need a guide back to the right way to the sub. I had just gotten the mud off but oh well.”
Esquibel raises a finger. “You will not go alone.”
“Yeah, I’m with you, boss.” Jay hops to his feet.
“Jay, you aren’t going anywhere. And that is an order.” Esquibel wonders how she might enforce discipline among all her wayward civilians. Reasoning gives them too much wiggle room. And the illusion of free agency. In a crisis they need to follow her orders.
“And we did leave the rope down there for anyone to follow,” Katrina reminds Amy.
“Still.” In her mind Amy can see all the ways a pair of helping hands could rescue bewildered victims in the dark underground. “They’ll need all the help they can get.”
“Hold up. You hear that?” Jay puts a hand in the air to quiet them. They all listen. Something heavy is crashing through the underbrush toward them on its way from the pool.
Esquibel stands, wishing her black satchel was nearby. Miriam, having guessed what’s in it, does too.
Triquet limps wild-eyed and filthy from the undergrowth. They are drenched and shivering, wearing only a single boot.
Amy yelps. “Triquet!”
Esquibel runs to the tottering figure. Miriam fetches a blanket. As she wraps them in it, Triquet smiles weakly at her. “Found the way to your hidden chambers, Miriam. The ones behind the waterfall. Looking out from inside the cliff. Pretty cool.”
“Good Christ is that the way you came out?” Miriam scrubs their shoulders to warm them. Triquet leans in and Miriam takes this as a signal for a hug. Amy joins them around the back, pressing their heat into Triquet’s chilled slender body.
“You know me. Just one catastrophic decision after another.” They scan the camp over Miriam’s shoulder. “Oh good. You found Maahjabeen. Girl, I will never say another word to you about being reckless in the storm after the shit that I just pulled. Oh, baby. What was I thinking?”
“Did you like come through the waterfall?” Jay laughs at the preposterous image but Triquet only shrugs.
“There’s enough room in the chamber behind it to get a running start. I thought if I could get enough Delta V like a rocket, if you know what I’m saying, and just kind of bust through with enough horizontal velocity, then, you know, I’d be free. Frankly I was absolutely beyond done with my situation and ready to explode. It had been hours and I was desperate.”
“Oh, Triquet…” Alonso laughs.
“Yeah, I got slapped down like a rag doll. Just gargling foam.”
“Oh my god there’s a whirlpool in that pool.” Miriam pulls her head back to share her facial expression of just how deranged she thinks Triquet is.
“I know. And it almost took me. But I grabbed some roots and hauled myself out. If I hadn’t, then yikes. I would have like shot out into the waterfall in the sea cave and, I don’t know, had to swim all the way around the island to get back.”
“That is what the underground waterfall is, isn’t it? Yes, that’s about what I’d figured.” Miriam completes the course of the submerged creek in the model of the island she carries in her head. “That waterfall in the sea cave must be where this pool drains. But who knows how long you’d be submerged before it spit you out.”
“Yeah, and I don’t need to be the one to test that idea. Whoo! Any spare seats? It’s been a long day.” Triquet collapses onto Pradeep’s platform, a sodden mess. He smiles and offers Triquet a bottle. “Thanks, Pradeep. But do I look like I need water?”
“So where’s Flavia?” Alonso asks.
Triquet sits up. “She’s not with you? Oh, no. I assumed she was cleaning up inside or… No…?”
Miriam lifts her field pack again, the matter decided. “The whole system. As soon as we can, Alonso. And who did she hear crying? Somebody else in trouble? Then they need our help too.”
“Or someone pretending.” Esquibel points to the fragment of the aircraft wing set aside and wrapped in a blue tarp. “Need I remind you that we may have a Chinese PLA soldier running loose on the island as well? Ultimately, this mission still has military oversight for a reason.”
“Oversight? What happened to partnership? And I think you’re overstating the likelihood of any Chinese presence.” Pradeep doesn’t want to contradict Esquibel but she is becoming worryingly autocratic. “You know, after the tsunami in Japan they were finding litter just like that all along the Oregon coast for years. This could have come from anywhere. It could be years old. Take it from someone who is like a world-class paranoid. You guys are being paranoid about this. The probability is next to nothing.”
But he can tell from their blank stares that he hasn’t convinced anyone. Triquet shakes their head. “No, but she was really upset. Flavia just cried out and threw her hands in the air and went for it. I asked and she just shouted, ‘Can’t you hear the bambino crying?’ And then I couldn’t keep up and I lost her. Man, I wish I hadn’t lost her. You can’t explore it all, Miriam. At least not tonight. The tunnels branch and some of them curve back on themselves. It’s a total maze. I was lost in there for hours. Totally losing my mind. When I found the chambers behind the waterfall I was so relieved I fell down and cried.”
“Flavia is lost in there?” Miriam turns and regards the ground and the cliff, trying to visualize the network. “It might be huge or you might have just gone around and around the same three tunnels. We need a proper exploration.”
“Shouldn’t we wait,” Alonso wonders, “until morning? It is getting late, Mirrie.”
But Miriam shakes her head. “Come on, Amy. Underground it doesn’t matter if it’s day or night, Zo. We’ll bring just endless rolls of twine, untangle all the tunnels. Just think, the poor thing has been trapped in there for ages.”
“With no espresso or Nutella,” Jay jokes. “She must be wasting away. Man, this crowd is tough. Come on. Lighten up. She’s going to be fine. We all know it.”
“I hope you’re right, Jay.” Amy’s voice is uncharacteristically quiet. “Miriam and I will spend two hours below then come back up and sleep. It is getting late.”
Miriam is about to protest the time limit, but she nods. “What do you say, Esquibel? There’s no point in delaying. We’ll unspool the twine behind us and never, I swear this time never unhook. Two hours tonight and then as long as it takes going forward.”
Esquibel nods, mollified that the chain of command is at least being respected. “Two hours.”
Ξ
Mandy wakes right at dawn. Today is a work day so dawn it is. Her eyes snap open of their own accord and she stares at the rust spots of the ceiling’s corrugated steel. The bunker isn’t what she’d call cozy, but it does keep them dry.
Esquibel has rolled away and sleeps with her back to her. She is a furnace under a blanket, as extra as they come, even as she sleeps. Mandy chuckles, pushing off that hip she’s been kneading and pulling apart like a big tough piece of stale chewing gum. But it’s getting better, and the two of them might have never found a way into each other’s pants all those years ago without the excuse of this bad hip, a poorly-healed injury from her childhood.
Mandy kisses the glorious hip and rises. She has to visit the trench and see what the day will bring. The weather station setup with the drone has worked well so far and she’s finally starting to be able to look at her data as a progression instead of just curious snapshots. She unhooks the door and trips out into the blue light of another overcast day. Her Hawaiian skin could use a tiny bit more sun. Not that she’s complaining. Mandy has suffered through some truly terrible weather in the last few years of her career and she knows that Lisica is pretty much blessed. It’s like chilling on the Oregon coast year-round. Probably doesn’t even form frosts in the winter and hardly anyone here ever dies of exposure.
Mandy speculates what the natives must be like. And how long have they been here? Do they live in little ewok villages up above and sing songs all day? Or are they cannibals? Maybe something in-between? Her head fills with visions, of elders crouched under hanging eaves during a downpour, and then how they instruct her in the ways of the storms and take her into their circle.
The Pacific is filled with all kinds of isolated island people. Isn’t there that one island where they all worshipped Queen Elizabeth’s husband as a god? Like, still to this day. These people could be all kinds of weird. And it might be like two or three generations since anyone has contacted them. Wild. Like literally. Wild child times a hundred. Imagine growing up without the twenty-first century: the movies, the cell phones, the cars, the plagues, the crowding… living in blissful ignorance of the oncoming catastrophes. Amazing. They must be better off here without us.
On her way back from the trench to the bunker she sees Amy already awake and standing away from the trees, watching the cliff. As Mandy nears, she points above. “Look at those guys.” Amy directs her attention to a cluster of dark birds with pale undersides winging their way upward into mist. “You see their eyes? The white circle around them? Spectacled guillemots. Not ever seen this far east before. Usually just on the Russian and Japanese coasts.”
“That’s so cool. Oh my god. There’s so many.”
“Yeah, this is a huge colony of just countless seabird varieties. I really shouldn’t have ignored it this long. But I got caught up in all the other things down here on the ground. The birds were the first thing I noticed when we first arrived but then I kept my head down for too long. I forgot to look up.”
“Those thermals are so strong. Look at them!”
“The Pacific gulls? Yeah. This is their highway. And then they each have their little off-ramps to go back to their own little nest. ‘Honey, I’m home!’ Such a perfect existence.”
Even larger birds wheel upward on the strong draft. It reminds Mandy of the cyclone nook in the back of the grove. She might be able to conduct another experiment here. What she started doing is taking long videos of the twisters and then uploading them into a program her colleague built for situations like this that tracks litter in a windstorm. She’s been able to get all kinds of interesting data from that so far. But here she won’t be taking video of redwood duff and leaves, it would instead be birds spiraling upward.
“Brown pelicans.”
Mandy claps her hands, excited, and describes what she has in mind to Amy. “I think I can set up a camera here and get a long video and be able to characterize basically the entire open ocean air current as it interacts orographically with the island.” She takes out her phone to try a test video. But the darker birds aren’t visible against the dark cliffs. She needs white birds.
“Which ones are white? I can’t see the pelicans.”
“Well… Most of the gulls. All of them. A lot of the pipers. Half the murres. The arctic terns. Those are who you need. But I’ve never seen more. And they’re such incredible flyers.”
“When do they fly?”
“When…? Ha. That’s a good question. We have tons of observed behavior with terns in the literature. But this colony here remains unstudied. So who knows? They’re just transient here, resting for a few days or maybe if we’re lucky a few months to raise their chicks. They never winter. Arctic terns fly from one pole to the other throughout the year, following the summer. So these guys are headed north. They’ll probably be gone in another couple weeks. But the chicks have already had time to sprout feathers and join them in the air. You know, they’ve found three month-old tern chicks halfway across the world from where they hatched. And they live thirty years. Fascinating birds. They mate for life.”
“Yeah, I mean, do they come out for breakfast? At like what time? Or are they like bats who only come out at night?”
“When they aren’t flying they’re constantly feeding. Dawn might be a good idea because they’re waking up and it’s time to go fishing. Look, there’s a couple winging away to the open ocean there. Godspeed and good hunting, you two!”
Mandy claps again. “Look how they slice into the wind! It’s blowing like directly against them and they still find the angle to soar ahead! I wish I could do that.”
“You and me both, sister.”
Mandy leans against Amy and squeezes the older woman’s bicep. “You are just the sweetest, Amy. Thank you for taking such good care of us all the time.”
“Heh. Looking for muscle in there? You won’t find any.”
“Are you kidding? You are so strong. I think you’re like the strongest person in the whole camp.”
Amy makes a surprisingly bitter face about that. “I don’t know, Mandy. That’s not really something I’d like to be known for.”
“No way. We need to celebrate strong women!” Mandy wraps her arms around Amy and squeezes her. Amy squeals as she is lifted off her feet. They both laugh with abandon.
Amy lifts Mandy in turn and shakes her like a rag doll, her long black hair flying about. Then when they’re all laughed out they separate. “I love your question about what time terns eat. Maybe we can figure their patterns out together. So we can both use your long video and I’ll do a count. See if it changes.”
“According to different weather patterns. You think? We could do the first cross-discipline arctic tern atmospheric science paper like ever.”
“Oh, there’s probably been some before. We aren’t that original. And we could talk to Maahjabeen about different food sources and when they might arrive. Like are they just following giant schools of anchovies around the Pacific?”
“Right. They’re responding to the fish, who are responding to the, what, like, plankton? Who are following minerals along the temperature and pressure gradients underwater. Wow…” Mandy looks out over the water. “I just had the trippiest idea…” She shakes her head. “I don’t even know if there would be a way to measure it but… Well, anyway. I’m really into convection pumps, like when forests create rainfall above them. And I wonder if a school of like anchovies would transpire enough to create the conditions for deep convection. Could a big enough school of fish be enough biomass to call down rain on itself? The school would have to be huge. But some of them are, right?”
“I think so. But you can’t just equate one anchovy to one tree. These forests are huge too. Where this has been witnessed the most is the Amazon, so that’s the kind of scale we’re looking at. But it’s true, each tree releases a huge amount of water vapor each day. Stomata transpiration is what I think you’re talking about. So each tree can exhale a vast amount more moisture than a little fish… But on the other hand… we aren’t just talking about the fish. They’re following all that plankton and they also bring along bigger fish and squids and whales and all the birds we were admiring. So maybe if you add up all that wheeling biomass you can get your atmospheric effects. Possibly?”
“I just love the idea,” Mandy says wistfully, “of a whole bunch of little fish leading so much transpiring life around the ocean that they start all the storms in this half of the world, just shepherding whole cloud formations across the Pacific. That would be so rad.”
“Ooo. We could never predict the weather because we weren’t following the fish?” Amy chuckles. “As a wildlife biologist this has every stamp of my approval that I possess.”
“And if we end up killing all the fish then the storms…” Mandy visualizes every dynamic in the ocean grinding to a halt, every cloud system dispersing into fog. But of course it wouldn’t be like that. It would be catastrophic in the short term, yeah, until new dynamics form elsewhere dependent on other humidity profiles and temperature differentials.
“You’ve evidently been smoking some of Jay’s stash.” Amy giggles at Mandy. “I like the ambition but let’s stick with videos of guillemots and terns for the moment if that’s okay with you.”
“No, I’m not high. I mean. Maybe I am. High on life.” Mandy is effervescent this morning. Studies with great promise seem to be literally falling out of the sky today. “Sure thing. I’ll get a tripod and make sure there’s enough space on my phone. Might be time to delete those bachelorette party pics from Vegas last year.”
“What? All those pics of your besties drinking themselves stupid will be a literal blackmail goldmine in about five years. You’ve got to keep them.” Amy steeples her fingers with a diabolical laugh.
“Okay, creepy, but good point. Heh.” There was something uncanny about Amy revealing this dark side of herself that it fully unnerves Mandy and derails her good mood. “That’s a side of you I’ve never seen, Amy.”
Amy links her arm in Mandy’s and walks them both back to camp. “Oh, there are so many sides of me you’ve never seen.”
“Also creepy.” Mandy stops and untangles her arm. “Come on, Amy. Are you like trying to trigger me? What do you mean about other sides? My sister had a boyfriend who talked like that and she ended up in the hospital one night. Now I know you’re not—”
“No no. I’m sorry.” Amy holds up her hands, innocence on her face. “I was just making a few jokes and ehh. No, I hear how bad that sounds.” Amy stops, at a loss. “I suppose, in all fairness, it’s time. I should tell you of my secret past.”
Chapter 12 – Too Freaky
March 18, 2024
Thanks for joining us on our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:
12 – Too Freaky
Triquet has now stacked and organized the entirety of the first three belowdecks rooms. That’s not to say that every artifact has been studied. Things have just been identified and put together with other similar objects. It’s quite a lot of material. To anyone less obsessed with memorabilia than Triquet, it would be entirely overwhelming. To the young archaeologist, it is an endless journey of thrilling discoveries.
The most inane thing can set them off: a mattress tag that lists formaldehyde as an ingredient; a dead mouse at the bottom of a mayonnaise jar; a deck of cards with the Queen of Hearts missing. Each artifact could exist nowhere in the world except here, in this time and place. That is what makes them precious. Invaluable, in fact. Triquet makes copious notes, writing with a Parker ballpoint pen on a moleskine pad. These items had been a graduation gift from their grandfather when they got their first Masters. Now it is as if their classic notetaking implements have fallen back in time to rejoin their contemporaries.
Triquet, alone belowdecks among the crew bunks in their pink satin vest, holds up their shiny blue ballpoint pen. “Hello, 1952,” they squeak in a pen-voice. “So nice to make your acquaintance.” The pen executes a formal bow. “Does anyone have a turntable for swinging tunes? Perhaps some Perry Como?”
“Why, Penny,” Triquet answers the pen in a deep announcer voice, “that’s a fantastic idea.” They open their music app and a folder containing every available Perry Como song. They select one of their early favorites and let the ethereal back-up voices fill the echoing metal capsule:
They were standing in a crowded station,
So unaware, of all the people there!
I didn’t mean to hear their conversation,
But anyone could tell, It was their last farewell!
Good-bye Sue… All the best of luck to you!
You’ve been my only gal, What’s more, my best pal…!
Triquet sings along, lifting a rotting Eisenhower jacket and slow-dancing with it for a moment before carefully folding it again. Ah, the past. The golden past, with none of the troubles of today. It’s always hard for Triquet to stay in the present and they rarely think of any future beyond their next dig. But the glorious past, already decided and locked in time, spreading in all directions behind them like a scintillating peacock tail while they trudge forward into the unknown… the past is their home. All the bright shining lights of antiquity lie scattered about Triquet, ripe for study.
“Allow me to worship my icons, O Lord.” Triquet finds a box of mysterious long glass cylinders with filaments, like early versions of fluorescent tubes. Divining what they are will require a fair bit of research. They hold up a thick manila folder, reading the name off the label, “Ingles, Philip John. Ooo, Air Force Colonel. Big boss man.” Opening the cover reveals a wallet-size black-and-white studio photo of the colonel in uniform. It is the same portly, balding man who presided over the group photo. “Bonanza!” Triquet sits, leafing through the pages.
They are dated in backward chronological order, the earliest records at the end. Triquet gently lifts the crackling corner to peer at the first one. December 15th, 1952. It is a hand-written note that instructs the reader to hand over to Colonel Ingles the codes followed by the cryptic phrase Foxtrot Avenue. The signature is an illegible scrawl. Triquet giggles. “Oh, I love the spooks and their games.”
Most of the papers are brief correspondences concerning orders of fuels and supplies, which seemed to take up most of Colonel Ingles’ executive time on the island. He expended quite a bit of effort to try to get the Air Force to give them a steadily-replenished library, to uncertain success. And he had a constant number of discipline reports in the… Triquet checks the top page, it’s from 1962… so ten full years that Ingles ruled here like a king. Triquet whistles. It’s a lot of discipline reports. One name finds its way into more reports than any others: Lieutenant Clifton M. DeVry. He eventually got brought up on insubordination charges and was shipped off the island in 1956.
The next letter is a handwritten note, also from 1956. Apart from the date, it only says:
Philly,
On my way! Hugs and kisses.
MCD
MCD? Maureen Christian Dowerd? His wife? Then why didn’t she take his name? And why isn’t she in any of the photos? This was the 1950s and irregularities like these were far more significant. Triquet pages forward through 1957 and 1958 but finds no further mention of her. Just more fuel, books, and discipline problems.
“This is the guy…” Triquet realizes, “who buried the sub. Was it his idea?” But none of these papers make any mention of it.
Near the end of the record, in 1961, a stained telegram from Duluth, Minnesota, directs Colonel Ingles to ‘send her personal effects to this address.’ It is signed Penelope Archen Stoltz. So Maureen from Minnesota is dead by now and her family want her things. Triquet itches to get their hands on the official records of Duluth from 1956 but they’ll have to wait until they get back home to do that. What a mystery! What killed her? Why did she remain buried here if her family asked for her things?
Triquet resolves once again to conduct an autopsy.
Ξ
Miriam stands at the edge of the waterfall pool, watching the torrent, which has eased since she first checked on it after the storm. It is no longer threatening to kill her. The water has cleared and is less turbid now, and fewer wood fragments are dropping down from on-high.
She can’t see the dark vertical ovoid openings behind the falls any more. The cascades no longer separate from the cliff wall. They have mostly resumed their former less-thunderous route, framed on both sides by thick vegetation and not the lovely slick bare stone that had been revealed beneath.
Now how will she get to it? Erosion has opened up who knows what kind of fantastical caverns behind that waterfall. And it is all hers for the discovering if she can just figure out how to bypass the water. Deflect it somehow? Let’s see. At this moment it’s dropping, say, a hundred liters per second? Maybe less. Each liter of water weighs a kilo, traveling near terminal velocity. So it’s like having a heavy man fall on you traveling two hundred kilometers per hour. No, she doesn’t have anything that can withstand those forces, regardless of how many branches Pradeep lashes together.
“Well this is intolerable.” Miriam scuffs her boot against the mud beneath it. It can’t all be soil here, can it? She uses the blade of her shovel to hack away the crowding undergrowth. The earth is soft, the detritus from the waterfall that has collected over the ages to a great depth. She won’t find any stone here at all.
“Well… How close can I get?” Miriam edges toward the cascade, trying to find a providential place where the soil fades and the rock rises and the water above won’t kill her. She forces herself deeper into the brush, using her frustration to force her forward and down. Her old knees creak under the greenery. And her left wrist is bothering her these days. Careful how you crawl, old lass.
Miriam looks up from the dead leaves and mud. The bracken forms a low vault over her head. A narrow tunnel disappears into the gloom, curving away to the left. But it terminates to her right, overlooking the pool through a screen of branches. “But Amy said there’s no game trails here.” Yet this is obviously the nest of some animal. What’s more, a small hollow has been dug and lined with grass near the water’s edge. Like a rabbit’s den. Or that of a fox…
Ξ
Jay can’t stay horizontal any more. He’s losing his mind. So he’s up and hobbling around camp, picking up dirty dishes from the tables and bringing them to the kitchen inside the bunker for a wash. He should cook. He loves to cook. And by the time he gets everything prepped, moving slow as he is, he’ll definitely be hungry.
He makes a pancake batter, adding a dried blueberry trail mix with walnuts and sunflower seeds. They only have vegetable oil to fry them in. No butter or maple syrup, though Jay has noticed how fast Flavia is inhaling their supply of Nutella. Well, he’ll just put out a nice little spread here with a fat stack of cakes and a little bit of the Nutella on the side for whoever wants it.
Mixing is a bitch with a broken hand. He leans his body against the wall, the bowl braced between his leg and the concrete, to stir with his off-hand. He’s probably making too much. He didn’t even ask if anyone else is hungry. But nah. Everybody loves pancakes. Miriam appears in the bunker’s door, headed toward him. “There she is. Miriam will eat some, won’t she?”
“Biscuits? Yes, Jay, I’d love some. Hadn’t realized how hungry I was. Sure you’re okay to cook there?”
“I have to do something. Or I will explode. But it isn’t biscuits. Just pancakes if that’s okay.”
But she’s hardly listening. Miriam still looks outside, where the gray daylight glows softly in the doorway. “It’s a shame about your mobility. I just found the cutest little nest in the bushes.”
Jay stops mixing and looks at her. “What kind of nest? Where?”
“Right by the pool. Under the thorn bushes and everything. You and Amy think there’s a fox?”
“You found the fox nest? Oh hells yeah.” Jay turns off the burner he had already turned on. He bangs down the bowl on the counter and hops urgently toward the door. “Show me.”
“Oh, dear. I shouldn’t have said anything. Let’s wait until you can walk at least.”
“No way, lady. I can crawl if I have to. I got to see.”
Ξ
For the first time, Esquibel feels properly set up. What is this, the tenth day? Eleventh? Sitting in the clean room, she pages through the journal she’s been writing in. Diary-keeping is essential for a doctor on a solo tour like this. So the eleventh. She always had to keep her own schedule when she was aboard ships. It’s easy when you’re busy for the days to blur together. But there is something dreamy and timeless about this island that has a similar effect. It’s all so very pleasant. Cold and wet at times, yes, but no malaria mosquitos or stifling humidity or clouds of black flies. She might even go sit on the beach in the spot she had installed Maahjabeen the day before and read a book on her phone. Something trashy.
As she walks across the sand though she already starts to feel restless. Is this it, then? All she has to do is keep an eye on Jay and Maahjabeen and Alonso and the rest of her time is her own? On a ship she would have constant complaints and injuries. Her ward would usually be full and her corpsmen and nurses worked to exhaustion. But eleven people don’t really require a full clinic. They hardly require a doctor. Although these eleven seem to be particularly good at harming themselves.
She scrambles over the gigantic fallen redwood and drops down the other side. Esquibel realizes she will have to start a hobby, some useful way to spend her time here. “Ehh, that is always the issue, isn’t it?” She knows she is a fine doctor and a good person, but she also knows that she doesn’t have much of a personality outside of her work. She has thrown herself into medicine over the last ten years. It has left little to no time for anything—or anyone—else. Should that be her hobby? Mandy? She could devote herself to the lovely girl and they could live out their dreams…
Well, yes. But that would hardly require hours of her day. She can’t just stare at Mandy all the time. It would be unnerving. And such behavior is beneath her. Esquibel has her pride, after all.
So, okay. A little bit of time with Mandy. Maybe they can improve their cell in the bunker and their platform in camp, make it more like a tiny house. That would be dear. But what else? There must be something she can learn to do here on Lisica to finally explore parts of herself that remain undeveloped. She could assist Triquet with their efforts. No. She has no curiosity for the litter of dead Americans. Perhaps she can dig trenches for Miriam. Well, if her hip lets her. It still tightens up from time to time. She should see if Mandy would pry the scar tissue apart again tonight.
She can’t think of anything Alonso or Flavia or Jay might teach her that she cares about. What about Katrina? Maybe she could learn how to DJ? Ha. Now that’s a funny idea.
But for some reason it’s the only one that sticks.
At the beach, her attention is drawn to something white with a broken edge floating in the water. Esquibel forgets her plans of leisure and wades into the cold water to retrieve it.
Ξ
“No, I’m okay. I’m okay. I just get excited.” Amy tries to get Jay back in his chair, but instead he hops on his good foot and winces in agony. “Oh, please don’t make me sit again. Going crazy, yo. I’ll sit when I’m old.”
“Indeed,” Alonso agrees, “you will.”
“But wait! Miriam didn’t stick around for the full forensic exam. There wasn’t really enough room in there for two. Oh, it’s a puzzle, that’s for sure.” This isn’t a full meeting. Mandy and Pradeep are nowhere to be seen. Esquibel is down at the beach. Flavia sits on her own platform, frowning at her laptop.
“Puzzle?” Miriam pours glasses of wine and hands them out. “In what way? Is it not a fox nest?”
“Well…” Jay draws long gray fibers from his pocket and holds them up in the fluttering wind. “If further examination confirms these are fox, then yes. But that wasn’t the only hair I found there. I also found these.” Jay holds up a clutch of long curly golden hairs.
Amy holds her hand out. “Let me see.” Jay passes the tangle of hairs to her. She gets out her phone and takes a picture, then magnifies the image. “Huh.” Amy inspects the hairs more closely. “I can’t think of a single animal that might reasonably be here with this kind of hair. I mean, a golden doodle dog? A Mongolian yak? Some kind of mountain goat or sheep variant would be my best guess here.” She passes the hairs to Alonso.
“Yeah, that’s what I was thinking too.” Jay places a broken stick with a sharpened end on the table. “Until I found that.”
Miriam picks up the narrow stick. Its end has been planed into something like a pencil’s point. “Tool-using foxes?”
“Oh my god, the island is inhabited?” Amy covers her mouth.
Alonso, holding up the hairs, slaps his forehead and cries out. “Yes! Ai mi. I have seen one. I keep forgetting. With everything that has happened and hitting my head. Yes! This is exactly it! The child had this hair.” He holds up the blond curls.
“A child?” Miriam turns to him. “What are you talking about? You saw a child here? When were you going to tell us?” But her eyes are worried. Is this Alonso’s sanity showing signs of cracking? She glances at Amy, who is at a complete loss.
“When did you see a child?” Amy asks.
“I keep forgetting then remembering again. That night when I fell in the dark. I was very drunk. But I was sure I had seen her. Or him. Little person in the shadows, only maybe ten meters away. Didn’t see me. Long curly hair and a little face. They were very real. I heard them as they stepped. I swear to you.”
“Wow.” Triquet slowly absorbs these revelations. Now a number of things start to make sense. “This is a very important piece. A very important piece indeed.” It somehow fits in what they have been studying but they still can’t divine how. How did this lead to an entire sub getting buried at the base? One of the charges that had gotten Lieutenant DeVry in trouble again and again was fraternization. When they’d first read it, Triquet had skipped over the detail, assuming it was with some enlisted man or something, but now it begs the question—fraternizing with whom? Could DeVry not keep his hands off the natives?
Triquet opens their mouth to say as much but they’re interrupted by Esquibel, walking toward them from the beach holding a white triangle with broken edges. “Look. I found this. Floating in the lagoon. Is it what I think it is?” A row of black numerals run along its edge, a second row in dense Chinese characters.
Triquet is up and at her side in a flash. They handle the piece with care.“My my my. Will you look at that. It’s the wreckage of a plane, like a fragment of its wing. See?”
Esquibel asks, “Anyone read… what is that? Mandarin?”
“Mandy?” Amy asks. “Where is she?”
“No,” Esquibel says. “She never learned it.”
“Katrina?” Alonso asks, craning his neck. “I bet you know.”
She sits behind him on her platform but has pink headphones on, grooving to a beat while she fills in an intricate flower drawing in a coloring book. She looks up and removes her headphones. “Why is everyone looking at me? Oh. What’s that?”
Triquet crosses the sand to her and shows her the wing fragment and its Chinese characters. “How’s your Zhōngwén?”
“Yeh. I did study Chinese a bit for some intelligence analysis work I did a few years ago. Let’s see…” Katrina frowns at a cluster of symbols. “I think this part says directorate or ministry.”
“A few years ago?” Triquet deadpans. “When you were sixteen?”
“Seventeen. ASIS wouldn’t give me classified access until after my birthday. I mean, I was still a minor. So stupid.”
“Ministry of what though?” Triquet examines the characters. They are right at the edge, further characters shorn away. With a careful pinch, they peel back the white laminar to examine the composite substrate. “This looks like carbon fiber here. Oh shit. And now…” Triquet hastily puts the wing fragment down on the ground at their feet, “…I’m fairly certain we shouldn’t be handling that with bare hands because that is a Chinese military component and they have been widely known to use toxic jet fuels among other deadly materials. Gah. Doctor Daine, you and I need to get clean real quick. Uh… Uh… Uh… What do you got?”
“Yes. Alcohol wipes. Peroxide. I’ll get them. Right away.”
“Isn’t peroxide one of the fuels they use?” Miriam asks. “But like a toxic version? Is it even safe to mix them?”
Triquet shrugs, alarmed. “You think I know? This isn’t my area of interest at all. I just read stories of Chinese rockets falling on villages and giving everyone blood cancer or something. Ahh! Hurry, Esquibel!” Triquet holds their hands away from their body and jumps up and down in distress.
“So what happened here?” Alonso shakes his head in worry. “Did this float here all the way from China? Somehow I doubt it. So what then? Chinese military plane flying across the Pacific got hit by the storm?”
“What was it even doing here?” Amy wonders. “I mean, there’s nothing here and this is way outside of China’s reach.”
“There’s nowhere,” Esquibel says, returning with a satchel filled with bottles, “outside of China’s reach. Believe me. I have been all over the world and they are everywhere. Hands.”
Triquet holds out their hands. Esquibel puts a small bucket beneath before pouring liquid soap on them. “Any reactions?”
“Just psychosomatic ones. Pretty sure I have like face tumors now. How about you? Did you only touch it with your hands?”
“I am not sure. I had to get into the water to fish it out. Above my knee. I think it bumped into me there. But I didn’t think it could be dangerous since it spent so long in the ocean.”
“You’re probably right. But I’d still wash that leg.”
Esquibel nods. She turns to the person beside her. “Amy, could you please remove my pants?”
“Oh, uh, sure.” Amy tries to emulate the doctor’s business-like approach to bodies and nudity. She fumbles at the buckle below Esquibel’s navel, then unzips them and drags them over the tall woman’s hips and rump. “Maybe wash both your legs to be sure.”
“Would you please?” Esquibel asks, mouth pressed into a thin line. How could she have been so stupid to expose herself to toxins like this? She needed a bloody archaeologist to remind her of it. Unaware of Amy’s fluttering heart as she wipes down the long smooth muscles of Esquibel’s legs, the Doctor instead worries that everyone thinks she’s an idiot. She doesn’t realize she’s been upstaged by the sight of her graceful long legs and smooth skin. They draw all the attention and conversation awkwardly stops.
“There, Esquibel.” Amy stands, disposing of a wad of wipes. “Now you should survive.”
“Whew. I think Amy needs a cigarette,” Katrina jokes. They all laugh, breaking the tension. Esquibel laughs too but her head still rings with recriminations and she doesn’t catch the joke. She just assumes they’re all laughing at her.
“Oh, um, Amy, I think I got it on my legs too…” Triquet strikes a pose and sighs and they all laugh again.
Now Esquibel gets it. She blushes and hastily pulls her pants back up. They aren’t laughing at her. They’re objectifying her. “Thank you. That should be sufficient,” Esquibel informs them in her most prim voice. “I’ll do some research on possible exposures and see if I have anything to counteract them. I’m not sure I do, especially if we inhaled anything.”
“But it doesn’t answer,” Miriam says, “any of our questions. Why were the Chinese even here? On their way to spy on Canada?”
“Or were they coming to Lisica?” Triquet shivers. “I sincerely hope not. I only like the spooky stuff when all the spooks are dead and gone. I don’t need to actually live through any of it.”
Jay shakes his head in confusion. “So you think the Chinese were coming here and got caught in the storm and… and what? The plane crashed and they all died?”
“It’s true,” Alonso says. “We don’t know if anyone survived.”
They all think about what that means, about the other bunker on the other beach, about the forested interior peopled by mysterious natives with curly golden hair.
Alonso chuckles, fatalistic. Life is the strangest thing. There is no anticipating what surprise might come next. “Well. I guess we will have to add more plates to the supper table. Things are about to get a lot more crowded around here.”
Ξ
Pradeep leads Mandy by the hand out of camp and into a tiny nook on the far side of Tenure Grove, where narrow arms of the cliff drop down on one side and the other to enclose this small hidden glade.
Mandy hasn’t held hands with a boy since her cousin Albert walked her to her car at Aunty Carol’s funeral. Male hands are so big, like cartoonishly-large. And Pradeep’s slender fingers are twice as long as hers, carefully cradling her entire palm. She doesn’t like being reminded how much bigger and stronger most men are. Their very existence is an implied threat. Fortunately the three men on this island have been gentle. She loves that they were seemingly able to leave toxic masculinity behind. Mandy can’t remember the last time she was able to live a daily life without it.
But the going is rocky and rooty through the understory and everyone has already watched Mandy trip over one thing or another so she’s grateful for his hand. She wonders what kind of weird fungus or bizarre mating habit of ant species he wants to show her. But she doesn’t need to ask. She’s not a child.
Pradeep halts her at the mouth of the nook. The space within is only as wide as a house, with small shrubs and stunted trees that probably don’t get enough sun, hidden by the tall cliffs almost into an enclosure. Pradeep looks at Mandy with a smile of expectation. He feels so bad for the poor atmospheric scientist, cut off from nearly all her observations. Well, here is a special one for her.
She gives him a side-eyed glance. “What am I looking at?”
“You will need to wait a moment. For the wind to pick up.”
“It’s pretty here. Like a little secret spot.”
“Yes, you wouldn’t believe the interactions among the ground-dwelling arthropods in the leaf litter. I think it’s a full ground war, with at least five fronts and… There. The wind.”
A gust flutters her long hair and rustles the dead branches on the floor of the nook. Then a longer sustained wind shudders past her and swirls into it, lifting redwood duff and dried maple leaves from the forest floor and spinning them in a modest twister.
Mandy cries out with childlike joy and claps her hands. “Oh, oh do it again! That’s brilliant! You’re saying it keeps happening?”
“For at least the last hour. Quite a strong effect. Like surprisingly strong. I was thinking this is how we could get Jay up the cliff. Sit him in a little sort of whirly gig during the next storm. It would spin him right up to the top!”
She giggles and leans gratefully against Pradeep, squeezing his arm, the way she would with any of her girlfriends who had just brought her a gift. He stiffens, unused to intimate contact like this, his smile frozen on his face.
Mandy playfully pushes on Pradeep’s shoulder. “Oh, babe, don’t worry. I’m not into guys. You’re safe with me. But thank you so much! This is so awesome! My god, I can actually run some kind of interesting experiments in here. Does it only occur with a westerly wind? Are there local temperature factors? There must be. So what conditions need to line up for the phenomenon to occur?”
Pradeep shrugs, knowing it’s a rhetorical question. Mandy’s hair still brushes against his shoulder. It is too soft for words. But her proximity keeps him as still as a mouse. He doesn’t mean for human contact to turn him into a frightened prey animal. It just does. And at this point in his life, the old habits are just easier than the new pitfalls of engagement. He withdraws, edging toward the nook. “Would it spoil your observations if I continued my work?”
“In there? Maybe. But I mean, go ahead. This is your lab first. I just got here. And sorry. I didn’t mean to suggest you were coming onto me. I just wanted you to know I wasn’t. Onto you, that is.”
Pradeep nods, pained anxiety clearly showing on his face. Mandy feels a stab of sympathy and has to suppress the urge to give the poor guy a hug. Wow. Who hurt you, bro? We are all dealing with our own ish for sure.
The wind is still whirling, the threads of redwood bark and chips rising and falling in the column according to complex dynamics. He unslings his backpack and crawls forward, following an arc of lined-up pine needles that curve across the ground where the flood waters left them. Black flies and white gnats buzz above these collections of organic matter. Pradeep pries one lump apart with tweezers. He is on the lookout, as always now, for species symbiosis and interactions with their environments. He wants to be able to show Alonso some real knockout examples, really vindicate Plexity for the old data scientist. Hah. Here he goes again… Pradeep realizes he is making of Alonso a father figure, as he has done with mentors many times throughout his academic career.
The thing is, he comes from a family with a strong patriarch: his uncle. The old immigrant works very hard and his many nieces and nephews always come to him with their achievements, to show him that his work is meaningful, that all those pizzas that had put them through college would secure his retirement with a nice duplex or condo in the suburbs outside St. Louis. That is the plan.
But these expressions of filial duty make Pradeep a model student and one whom mentors gladly pick up. Reflexively, he is always trying to please them, to prove that their efforts on his behalf matter. It turns out, people really appreciate that care. It’s part of what allows Pradeep to be such a success in this cutthroat field. His ardent desire to please authority figures, whether they deserve it or not. Pradeep sighs with pleasure, finding an owl’s pellets bound up in the pine needles. He inspects it with the USB microscope attached to his phone. Microbes are already feeding on the small amounts of undigested animal matter that isn’t hair and bone. Wonderful. He scrapes a sample into a capsule and snaps it shut.
A stronger wind blasts the nook, the air pressure fluttering so much Mandy’s ears pop. Pradeep is nearly knocked off his knees. A long branch is picked up into the cyclone and sent skyward.
“Look out!” Mandy hauls Pradeep out of the way as the branch returns with a growing rush to earth. He falls back against her and they crash against the ground.
His weight crushes her ribs. She worries that the branch fell across his legs and hurt him. His hair smells of some spicy male shampoo. That’s the thing about men. She just doesn’t like how they smell. She never has. But girls smell like her favorite dessert. It’s how she knew she was gay, from the earliest moments. She just couldn’t imagine getting closer to that musky male scent.
Pradeep rolls away, worried that he’s hurt the poor girl. He holds up a hand in apology and she does the same thing. “Thank you.”
“Are you okay?”
“Yes. Did I hurt you?”
“No. I’m fine. But it didn’t fall on you?”
“No. You saved me.”
She holds out her hands for help up. He hesitates for only a fraction of a second before he favors her with another brilliant anxious smile and pulls her back to her feet.
More wind whips into the nook, sending large branches skyward. It’s like a fireworks show, just for the two of them. They retreat to safety so they can watch it together.
It is so magical that Pradeep doesn’t realize he’s been holding Mandy’s hand again until the wind fades and it is time to go.
Ξ
“Water.”
Flavia looks up from her screen. She sits in her little private cell, up to her neck in coding. Did somebody say something?
“Water. Please.”
Ah! It’s Maahjabeen, in a cot in the cell beside hers. Flavia curses softly at herself for her thoughtlessness and pushes the laptop away. She finds a bottle in the kitchen and fills it from their freshwater bucket. She taps on Maahjabeen’s door.
The Tunisian woman is on her side, face clenched, breath ragged. Is she asleep? She doesn’t appear to realize she spoke aloud. But she still must need water if she’s dreaming about it. Flavia puts a gentle hand on Maahjabeen’s arm, recalling how much Alonso bellowed when she touched him.
Maahjabeen groans, a scratchy sound, and rolls onto her back. She unsticks her eyes and looks at Flavia without recognition.
“I brought water.”
Maahjabeen nods, her restless disjointed dreams fading, and tries to lift an arm. Her shoulder creaks but allows it. Progress. She grasps the cool bottle and holds it against the side of her face.
“How are you? How is your back?” Flavia strokes Maahjabeen’s thick black curls, visible at the edge of her headscarf.
“Mm. Better. Thank you.” Maahjabeen twists the top off and sucks water out like it’s a baby bottle. “Get so thirsty. And then my muscles lock up again.”
“Drink it all.”
Maahjabeen does so.
“There there. Let’s make sure you don’t waste away.” Flavia mothers her, tucking her bag under her chin. “More water?”
Maahjabeen looks at her with gratitude. “Soon.”
“Us Mediterranean ladies must stick together, eh?” Flavia grabs Maahjabeen’s big toe through the bag and shakes it. “I have been to Tunisia one time. I loved it.”
“You’ve been to Tunisia?”
“Oh, yes. Very beautiful. My uncle was in the Italian Corpo delle Capitanerie di Porto, eh… captain of ports, out of Genoa…”
“Coast guard.”
“Exactly. He was in the Coast Guard and he would take us out sailing all over every summer. He loved Greece best so we sailed the islands most summers but once we went to Tunisia. Something about it… Felt so glamorous.”
“Glamorous? Ha. You must not have left the tourist beaches.”
“No. I think we probably lived onboard his boat in the marina. That’s what we always did. But one day we were in a small town but they had a big square and there was a wedding. Like a wedding procession through the town. And everyone was dressed—”
“Ah, yes. Silver thread and satin as far as the eye can see.”
“And I was like twelve! The bride, she had a headpiece made of gold coins. And the men were so handsome.”
“Ha. That is a perfect description of them. The men of my country do all they can to make themselves handsome to twelve year old girls. Now so much of my dating life makes sense.”
“You should try Italian men. They only think the whole world revolves around them. Their mamas spoil them so much growing up they are just impossible. But there was fantastic fruit in Tunisia. I remember. Sweet. It just really seemed, like, a land of plenty.”
“It could be.” Maahjabeen sits up with a sigh. “It certainly could be. And it definitely has some bright spots. I guess I will return someday and spend the rest of my life there. It will always be home and I miss it so much. But as you can maybe hear in my words, I am not ready yet.”
“Eh, Maahjabeen. What are you doing?”
“I am seeing if I can stand.”
“Let me help.”
Maahjabeen groans as she straightens for the first time in a day. Her shoulders settle and ribs adjust and spine relaxes. She takes the deep breath Mandy begged of her so long ago, then rocks her hips a bit. “Eh. Still very sore. But it is good to be young and fit, no? I will be better. But I have to move. Will you move with me?”
Flavia laughs. “Sure. I should definitely move too. I haven’t been anywhere except my keyboard all morning.”
“Help me down into the sub.”
Flavia blinks at Maahjabeen, who finds her shoes beneath the cot and struggles to put them on. Flavia kneels down to help with the elastic straps and zip cords. “The sub? Don’t you want a nice walk on the beach or something?”
“My body has been all locked up but my mind hasn’t. And I’ve been thinking. Nothing else to do. And I remembered something that was really important a few days ago. Then Triquet got all caught up in their US Air Force murder mystery drama and we’ve all forgotten about the fact that fresh air still regularly flows through the sub. Nobody is even looking for the source of the air anymore. Let’s do it.”
“Do it now? Just the two of us? One who is like broken and the other who is like the least physically competent person on the island? Shouldn’t we wait for, I don’t know, Esquibel or Triquet?”
Maahjabeen takes a jacket from the corner. She thinks it belongs to Pradeep. He probably won’t mind. She shrugs, restless. “We can always stop if things become a challenge. But it is just the stairs. I might have trouble though so if you could help me…”
Maahjabeen leads Flavia out the cell and to the stairs headed down. With a sigh, feeling thoroughly unqualified to lead an expedition of this scale, she gathers her courage and with a grip on Maahjabeen’s elbow helps her descend slowly into the sub.
It’s changed so much since she’s been here last. Triquet really has a sense of design (if it wasn’t obvious from their fabulous wardrobe) and each room is now tastefully decorated with items from the past, bringing each chamber back to life. The bright work lights help immensely as well. It’s nearly like stepping back in time.
“Nicer down here than the bunker upstairs now.” Flavia studies the giant wall map before ducking through the hatch and finding a wall in the second chamber filled with photographs and news clippings, preserved behind a thick layer of transparent plastic.
But Maahjabeen doesn’t have an eye for any of it. She is on a mission. Moving again. She is like the tin man from the Wizard of Oz. So rusty but only slowly now coming back to life. That movie helped her learn English. And it gave her very weird ideas about what to expect of Americans. Now their past is all around her, like coins from Carthage buried in the sand.
She gets to the control room and the permanently open panel leading to the belowdecks. The descent is more manageable now, with solid pieces of steel furniture stacked and braced as a fairly regular set of steps down. “This is where I need help, please.”
Flavia goes down first, standing on the desk that forms the base of the stairs. Maahjabeen sits on the edge and scoots her way down, until her stance is solid and she doesn’t have to lunge forward too far. They carefully find their way to the deck. “Big success!” Flavia cheers Maahjabeen. “You did it!”
“Do not,” Triquet’s voice echoes through the hatch from the chamber ahead, “scareme like that. Please, people!”
Flavia hurries ahead. She ducks through the far hatch to find Triquet among their collection, wearing a Renaissance-style linen tunic with laces at the neck and rolled up blousy sleeves. A velvet choker around their pale neck features a green faceted costume jewel. But the modern reading glasses on a chain nearly ruin the look. “Sorry, Doctor, I didn’t know you were down here.”
“Lost in time.” Triquet gives her a glassy stare, not truly upset, actually pleased to have the company. There are so many treasures here to share. “Look, Flavia. My whiskey collection.”
Apart from the fact that most of the containers are empty, it is an impressive assortment of bottles of all shapes and sizes, from flasks to jugs. The artwork on the old labels is really fascinating too, with Jack Daniels and Jameson and Wild Turkey the most common.
“And see. I saved one for… personal experimentation.” Triquet holds up a crate filled with three full vintage bottles of Bushmills, the amber liquid unevaporated. “We can nip one and still have two for reference if we need to run any tests. That’s ethical, right?”
Flavia chuckles. “Entirely ethical. And it is after lunch.”
Triquet uncorks the old bottle and sniffs it. “Smells like whiskey.” They take a swig. “Mm! So smooth!” Triquet wipes a drop from their chin. “I mean, maybe it’s just me with my silly expectations but this is probably like a sixty year-old bottle. Here. Try.”
Flavia toasts Triquet. “Chin chin.” She hums with pleasure. “Oh my god take this away it is so dangerous. It tastes like candy.”
“Irish whiskey candy. I know what business I’m starting when I get back home.” Triquet takes a longer pull. “Who is that? You brought a friend! Come on, then! It’s a drinking party!”
Maahjabeen contorts her way through the hatch and straightens. Her eyes fall on the whiskey in Triquet’s hand. “Ah. Hello.”
Triquet has the sense to cork the bottle and put it aside. They hurry forward. “It’s Maahjabeen! How are you, sweetheart? My god I didn’t think you’d have it in you to join us down here yet.”
“We have come,” Maahjabeen announces, “to finally find the source of the air.”
“The air?” Triquet shakes their head. They’ve been in too deep, every thought devoted to the piles of historical detail and data. “Ah! The air! Right! I mean, well, it must be coming from beyond the next room somehow, mustn’t it?”
Triquet leads them through the last hatch into the final chamber. Here the far hatch is welded shut, as it is with the control room’s far hatch on the floor above at the opposite end. It appears that the entirety of the sub wasn’t buried. The nose and tail were lopped off and only these major living compartments are left. Now they stand two full floors directly below the bunker’s trapdoor.
The expanded steel grates at their feet push cold air through. Then it pauses and draws the air in turn. Triquet steps back and clutches Flavia’s arm. “Oh. Right. Now I remember why I stopped looking for it,” Triquet admits. “Cause it’s too freaky.”
Chapter 11 – Balm For His Soul
March 11, 2024
Thanks for joining us on our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:
11 – Balm For His Soul
Alonso launches into the ballad’s second verse, his rough voice even louder. But his vocal tone begins to clear as he shakes loose his pipes. His voice is too coarse for opera, but it is very expressive.
Pradeep begins to clear the table. Mandy collects plates from Maahjabeen, Jay, and Esquibel. Miriam drags an empty cooler on wheels down to the surf, where she fills it with seawater. This is their nightly routine. She returns to the long tables and puts a few drops of concentrated biodegradable soap in the cooler’s seawater and swirls it around until it foams. Then she starts adding the dishes as they’re handed to her.
By the time Alonso has come to the ballad’s torrid conclusion, the camp is once again crumb-clean and crab-proof for the night. He lowers his cane and opens his eyes. He is breathing heavily, his heart in his throat. Flavia applauds.
And then Katrina adds her own soft synth chords to the silence and Alonso salutes her. He is done.
Katrina leans into her mic. In an imperious voice with plenty of reverb she points at Alonso and commands: “Keep singing.”
Alonso laughs. “No no. Now it is time for the young ones.”
“Bollocks, Alonso. Keep singing.”
Flavia cat-calls in support. Miriam does too.
Alonso points at his wife. “Oh, no, you don’t get a vote. You’re even more drunk than I am.”
“Sing, Zo,” Miriam fetches Katrina’s mic and brings it to his chair. “I miss your singing.”
He takes it and, after much dithering—during which Katrina gently comps chords, suggesting different keys—launches into Me importas tú by Lucho Gatica.
Miriam and Amy sway before him, in each other’s arms, trying to sing along on the chorus. Katrina picks up bits and pieces of his voice, looping it back in echoes and strange patterns that he has trouble navigating. He keeps stopping to laugh. They all do.
After his big finish, Katrina transitions into a hard house beat and Triquet grabs the mic, putting on a Dieter from Sprockets voice and banging the track like Kraftwerk. Nonsense words spill out, scatted like a horn. After bouncing around in the sand for several minutes, everyone capable of dancing finally expels the last of their manic energy and collapses. This was the release they needed after the storm and the drama and the terror.
The music slides into a soulful groove and the mic finds its way into Jay’s hands. He gets out his phone, where he’s written a list of lyrics. He might be able to make them work with this beat.
They all lie in the sand listening to him, watching the gray rolling clouds above as evening fades into night.
“One two, one two no this is not a test.
One two, one two oh shit I already messed
up, oh there I got it I’m on it again
and now we can get all the way to the end.
“One two, one two no this is not a test
It’s an island, a placewhere you can take a rest.
On one hand it’s lonely, it’s scary, it’s cold
It ain’t for the weak here, it makes fakes fold.
“But on hand two it’s really quite divine,
We got our own Napa and we even got wine,
We got the Steller sea lions and the arctic terns on back-up
And when I can dance again then you’ll really crack up.”
Jay attempts a beatboy pose in his cot but only hurts himself. He lets their acclaim for his performance give him time to recover. Then his next verses progress onto their favorite topics, and he strives to somehow encapsulate the wonder of Lisica in his rhymes.
“One two, one two no this is not a test.
One hand is cursed and the second one’s blessed.
One place is crowded and loud and deranged
The second one’s lovely and quiet and strange.
“But strange ain’t the word that means what I want.
It’s like getting a menthol when you asked for a blunt.
It’s divine here, nowhere finer, want to die here
Just wish I could say why, when the cliffs are so sheer.”
Jay shrugs. He says into the mic, “That’s all I got.”
Katrina calls out, “Oh, I recorded every bit! We got that shit locked down forever!” And she adds two more layers of bass and strings, then happily remixes his verses for the next half hour.
Her beats compel them to move. Even those who otherwise wouldn’t join in find themselves nodding along. It is such a joyful sound, demanding celebration.
In her cot, Maahjabeen taps her feet. Alonso’s hands play along with Katrina’s chords. Miriam and Esquibel spin pirouettes around each other. Even Pradeep, who hates dancing with a passion, can’t stop rocking back and forth, bodies sliding and bumping into his at sharp angles. He wants to apologize every time it happens but he knows it will only kill the mood. So he just keeps a frozen smile on his face as he nods in time—the one simple gesture that has gotten him through so many ordeals.
Triquet spins Pradeep around, their face flush with wine. Then with a yelp they stumble and crash into Pradeep’s legs. His heart twists, feeling embarrassed on their behalf, as he helps them back up. But Triquet thinks nothing of it.
“Got to start doing my dancing in gowns with a slit to the hip.” They guffaw, crossing a vertiginous threshold with these fine folks. So far none of them have given any sign that Triquet is unwelcome or disapproved of in the least. Of course, the Muslim still remains an unknown. But she isn’t actively dangerous. If she thinks Triquet is an abomination she’s keeping that opinion to herself. Triquet eases open, becoming more trusting for the first time in a good long while, setting aside the layers of armor and masks and personas that are a normal part of each day. The relief of putting down these burdens is nearly electric. And to do so with a younger man, of all people! Although Triquet is beginning to think that Pradeep might just be asexual, perhaps genderless.
But really there is no reason not to dance, and that is the kind of calculus Triquet loves to live by. In the absence of reasons not to, always dance. Always. Blanket rule. And Katrina would keep going all night if they let her. The girl is like some avatar of sound and movement. She stands on her platform, pumping her fist into the air, sucking on a lollipop.
Late at night many end up in a pile, laughing atop each other. Mandy and Esquibel braid Triquet’s green hair. Amy gives Jay a gentle massage. Miriam falls asleep curled up in Alonso’s lap. Maahjabeen snores soundly in her cot. Pradeep is nowhere to be found. Finally, Katrina’s music deflates to long droning notes and she steps from the platform, swooning. She kisses each of them on the forehead and stumbles off to the dark bushes to relieve herself. Then she drains Alonso’s forgotten glass of wine and takes herself to bed.
Ξ
The drone can be programmed to follow a pre-selected route. In the morning, Katrina leans over Pradeep’s shoulder, squinting through her hangover, and watches the footage of the first flight. “There.” She points at the closest valley. “Let’s just drop in there the first time as a kind of test run. Put the waypoints… Exactly. And there at that outcrop. Just make sure it stays above the treetops.”
“It has automatic collision-avoidance.” Pradeep charts a course along the winding course of the valley.
“Of course. But let’s not give it any ideas.”
Pradeep looks sidelong at her. “Are you one of those people who has to anthropomorphize every tool or gadget?”
Katrina pets the drone resting on the table before them. “Why not? It’s cute. In a big black menacing beetle kind of way. Carbon fiber is the weirdest stuff. It looks totally fake. But it’s just so strong. I love the stuff. Soon we’ll build everything out of it.”
“Soon? Is there some new carbon fiber revolution I’m unaware of?” Pradeep doesn’t like when people become pollyannas about the latest tech developments. These things take time. “Carbon fiber is still extremely labor intensive and expensive, is it not? Or is this some other government black lab thing I don’t know about?”
“No. But wouldn’t that be cool? Put all that DARPA money to good use for once. My idea…” Katrina declares, “is that we figure out a way to extract carbon directly from the air and water. Like a manufactured enzyme cocktail we send into the clouds as an aerosol. They break the hydrocarbon chains at the molecular level and black rain falls out of the sky. We harvest the dust. Use it as feedstock for our new carbon fiber factories. Costs plummet.”
Pradeep gives her a strange smile. This is too audacious and relies on far too many unproven assumptions and developments. “Yes, harnessing the power of markets is definitely the best way to defeat harmful pollution. And I like your idea of monetizing the feedstock and making it so important to an industry that they are incentivized to remove the carbon from the atmosphere. Having it fall as rain. Eh, I am not sure that will be the most efficient way.”
“Efficient? No. But black rain would make for a fire music video. Put me in white. Bleach my hair. Slow-mo shot of the supermodel walk toward the camera through black rain. That’s tight. Maybe I’ve got a sword. Seriously, have you been tracking the work in industrial enzymes? I swear they’re going to save us all.”
Pradeep laughs at her hectic thought process. He shakes his head in wonder. “Okay, but my money is still in mushroom remediation and green beaches. We need to get started on them now.”
She cocks her head at him. “Green beaches? What’s that about?”
Pradeep claps his hands in geeky excitement. “Oh, I love this idea! Check out Project Vesta. See, most carbon capture on the planet is done at the mineral level, with chemical reactions turning carbon into calcides, among other things, and burying them where they belong. We should talk to Miriam about this. See if she has any insights. One of the most common rocks on the planet, green olivine, happens to be super alkaline and has a wonderful ability to absorb carbonic acid and trap it forever in its…”
“Yes, the organic lattices. I’ve got a masters in crystallography. Our lab ran a similar experiment with shale. The problem is the olivine oxidizes over time and creates a silicate shell. Then it won’t absorb any more.”
“Yeah, well the clever solution there is to put the olivine grains on beaches with strong tides, so that the mechanical forces of the waves constantly polish them and keep the olivine from forming those shells. The chemicals precipitate into precursor building blocks for corals and diatoms, healing the oceans instead of destroying them. It is really an elegant solution. Only two percent of the world’s tropical beaches would need to have olivine covering them in order to remove all the excess carbon from the planet’s oceans. See? Things aren’t quite as hopeless as they seem.”
Katrina beams, imagining the entire east coast of Queensland covered in green sand and the Great Barrier Reef rescued from doom. “That’s fantastic. Why hasn’t it happened?”
“Money.”
Miriam finds them. She carries a tangle of cords and a small box. “Look. I have some extra batteries for you. If anyone is clever with a soldering iron or has any spare electronic parts lying about we can maybe extend your range.”
“Unfortunately not,” Katrina frowns. “But thanks for thinking of us. Batteries are the heaviest thing a drone can carry. So having more just dramatically reduces its flight time. There might be a way to squeeze more range out of them but I’m not sure any of us have the expertise or tools necessary to make significant changes to the drone here. They already design them for the sweet spot of weight and power.”
“There are new polymer batteries coming,” Pradeep mentions, “that might carry enough charge to be viable. And they hardly weigh more than the carbon fiber. But that’s like next year.”
“Bright days ahead.” Katrina smiles at Miriam. “And first we need to get Mandy’s weather station up there before we run this route. Did I hear you want to use the drone, Miriam, as a remote geologist tool? Fuck yeah. I should teach you how to fly it.”
“Eventually, yes. But I should get back to my own project before I get any more deeply in yours. Ah, well. Mission failed.” And with that, Miriam picks up her box and retreats to the bunker.
Pradeep finishes charting the flight-path. “I don’t think we should plan a further route than this. It will already be expending eighty-eight percent of the battery just to do that much. Explore that one side canyon to the north and come right back. Recharge the batteries and send it down the next side canyon. Repeat.”
Katrina wants to send the drone across the entire island. Maybe with the onboard camera alone and an extra battery somehow strapped to the top she could manage it. But engineering has never been her strong suit so she decides to focus on what she can achieve right now. “Yeh, we should be able to investigate a lot of what’s closest, that’s for sure. Brilliant, Pradeep. High five. Come on, up top. Now down low. Yeh, bro. This is going to kick ass.”
He sighs, nervous again from all the touching. “I hope so.”
Ξ
Another storm arrives this evening. This one is wet and warm with gentle winds. Its heavy clouds tarry over the island, sheeting it with fresh water that originally sailed up from the tropical Asian coast to deliver showers after this to Canada and the Pacific Northwest.
Mandy sets up her weather station on the beach. She comes back in thoroughly soaked. But she is pleased. There is more than enough happening on the shore to learn about this storm from here. She doesn’t miss the opportunity to have it perched on the highest cliff at all.
“Pineapple Express!” she shouts, banging Amy’s new door shut.
“Thanks I’d love some!” Jay answers from his cot.
“No, you stoner. Atmospheric river that started in the tropical West Pacific! Pretty late in the season though. That’s why it’s so warm and wet. These things literally carry a river’s worth of water across the entire ocean! We might even get some amazing electrical activity at the tail end of it. This could be another three days.”
Flavia groans. Another three days stuck in here with everyone? Ah, well. Best to shut out the outside world and dig more deeply into Plexity. She finds her headphones and puts on a saved lofi playlist to drown them out. There. Now she can focus. Flavia is getting steady streams of data now, especially from Pradeep and Miriam. She wonders how she will weave it all in with Mandy’s weather station readings but that will be a challenge for another day. Right now she is trying to create meta-values for every natural language descriptor in their notes. She uses a module from a previous project that is great at lifting keywords out and utilizing them. She will just need to adapt it to Plexity’s idiosyncratic code.
But this storm turns out to be just an echo of the great winter atmospheric rivers. Mandy shows them satellite photos of similar storms, that send preposterous white filaments like a bacterium’s proboscis all the way from Indonesia across the Pacific, deep into the North American continent.
Yet this one fades early, pushed eastward by convection behind and the rising sun before it. As the night progresses the rains fade. The day dawns crystal clear. The morning sky is so blue it is painful to behold. They all wake squinting, trying to locate sunglasses none of them usually have to wear here.
Katrina and Mandy modify the weather station on the beach and finally, after so many days of waiting, they are able to carry it aloft. From the images they had recorded during the drone’s first flight, they were able to identify a relatively flat exposed shelf near the top that faces the open ocean on three sides. Now they’ve programmed a whole script for the drone to perform.
Katrina launches the drone. Its onboard camera that Katrina follows on her display is its eyes. It really isn’t bad quality. Like a GoPro. The manual says if they forego the gimbal and cinema camera it usually carries the flight time goes from twelve to twenty-two minutes. Resolution of imagery drops and focal quality and all that. But it will lead to a lot more missions, that’s for sure.
She doesn’t drive the drone. She lets it follow its script, her thumbs hovering over the joysticks in case something goes wrong. But so far, so good. Mandy squeezes her shoulder in anticipation. “How exciting!”
“I know, right?” The drone ascends and soon hovers over the selected spot. It isn’t quite as flat as it looked on the previous video, but there are a few patches that might be suitable. Katrina takes manual control and nudges it toward the likeliest spot, where the weather station’s base will be wedged in a shallow rill. Then she lets it execute the next pre-arranged maneuver, dropping the drone three meters and lowering the noose from the gimbal, which when tilted slips free and drops the weather station ten centimeters. It lands with a rock and a tilt, nearly topples, then settles in place, canted but secure.
“Well that’s a little high. We can adjust it.” Katrina high-fives Mandy. “But success is ours! We’ll pull it down tomorrow morning and all the freshest datas will be yours.”
“I can’t wait. Thank you so much, Katrina. You’re the best.”
“Sure thing, doll. Glad to help. I’ll do anything for anyone who dances to my music.”
“Oh my god you’re such a party girl.”
They slip easily into familiar banter. Mandy realizes that Katrina might be offering the chance at making a long-term friend. She’s certainly worth pursuing. “So where do you live? Like Sydney?”
“Well. We did. But we’ve been moving around the last few years. Real estate is nuts. Honestly, I’m kind of ready to move on. Pavel said he doesn’t need me as much any more. And our mom is ready to take a turn. I’m ready to try living on my own.”
“That’s your brother? He was in the gulag with Alonso? Where would you go?”
“Well… That’s the trouble, isn’t it? I like Taiwan right now. But Oslo calls to me too. There are some interesting things happening in Israel. I don’t know. Where are you? LA?”
“Yeah, in the hills. I like it. Not the crowds and everything but it’s really nice. There’s some good people there doing good things too. Real strong institutions and just all the money in the world.” She realizes as she says these things that Mandy is listing things Katrina might not care about. “Um, there’s a real party scene too, that’s for sure. Lots of dancing. Night clubs.”
“Yeh, there’s a superfresh DJ community in East LA I’ve been following for years.” Katrina watches the drone drop down to land lightly before her with a final skitter and a cloud of sand. “I could come visit and go hit them up.”
“Ooo.” Mandy wrinkles her nose. “East LA can be rough.”
“That’s cool. I like rough.” Katrina smiles impishly and takes the drone back to camp.
Mandy follows in her wake, an intrigued look on her face, mind alive with possibilities.
Ξ
Maahjabeen sits on the beach, watching the tides. Esquibel helped her down here and dug out a very comfy seat for her in the sand and she should be fine here until high tide in another couple hours.
The orcas are gone. The rollers are back at the mouth of the lagoon, closing off access to the open ocean once more. The sea shines in the soft light like polished glass, every shade of gray.
The lagoon has been transformed since the storm. A giant log—the fallen remnant of some ancient redwood that floated in the sea for who knows how long—has foundered across the barrier rocks directly across from her. The green wreckage of the storm has collected at the log’s intersection with the water, a huge tangle of branches and leaves that she longs to clear. But otters have already begun to prowl around it. Perhaps they have found a new nest.
A clay mudslide from the point to her left now fouls the closest dark blue waters of the lagoon with a tan miasma. And there are more flies than before, suddenly appearing as if they had just been waiting in hiding for the chaos to happen. She waves them away from her face.
These are all bad signs, and point to an unpleasant season ahead. She wonders what this place is like in summer. Does it get hot? Is that when the beach will smell rotten and the flies will fill the air in intolerable black clouds?
She cranes her neck backward to study the black bulk of the dead sea lion a hundred meters away. That’s where the flies got started. They should bury the carcass before it gets too bad.
But just as she thinks that, she realizes Pradeep is at the corpse, studying it with fascination. He wields a scalpel and tweezers like a surgeon, pulling parasites from the rotten flesh. Yuck. What an odd fellow. But, eh, it takes all types. And Pradeep is definitely a type she has not seen before.
And Tunisia has every type. It’s been a crossroads of civilization since the dawn of time. They collect in the souks, the strange ones like Pradeep, and share their outcast views with the only others who will listen. In earlier times his morbid curiosities and general oddness would have probably gotten him stoned for witchcraft. But who knows? He might have managed to save himself, this one. It’s that inborn grace he has and the quick brilliant smile. Yet he is so modest about his looks. Never once has he flirted with any of them. The most excited she has seen him is when he found a flatworm attached to a maggot inside a dead fish. Now Pradeep must be in proper paradise, mucking about in the stinking innards of the sea lion. She shivers in disgust. People are so strange.
The orcas taught her the route back in and she hasn’t forgotten it. There are so many shelves under those waves there is really only one channel. The seas are so shallow that they can be exposed at low tide. But they aren’t everywhere. The orcas showed her. Their path also revealed currents she can’t see from here and a nasty rip leading to the lagoon’s mouth from the west she will have to avoid. But she thinks she can use it, under the right conditions, to get back out there. She just needs to wait for those conditions.
Maahjabeen laughs to herself. The calm before another storm? No, Allah save her, never again. Maybe if a strong south wind came in and knocked the tops of those waves down. But then she would be paddling into that strong wind, while trying to overcome what surf still remained. No… It will some day be a more complex host of variables that will finally unlock this prison again.
The ocean falls away—if the official maps that don’t even include this island can be believed—up to two kilometers to an abyssal sea floor in all directions. There are no known shelves or seamounts anywhere near here to affect the currents. These waves have been shaped by the Aleutian and Alaskan coasts a dozen degrees of latitude or more to the north, and by the forbidding Kamchatka peninsula thousands of kilometers to the west. They rolled across the great Northern Pacific expanse unchanged, bringing the shape of their last brush with land with them. This is how Polynesian wayfarers first sailed across the open Pacific over a thousand years ago. They could read in these currents and waves the interference of solid land far away. They could read the skies for coming wind and storm and follow the stars to stay on course. With her modern technical gear—half of which doesn’t even work out here because it’s off the grid—she still can’t match the ability she’s heard they possessed to read the Pacific like a book.
Well. She’s had nobody to teach her.
Maahjabeen doesn’t like to dwell on the dark moments in her life. Amal, the abusive ex-boyfriend. The big fight at her sister’s wedding. The loss of her mother. So, apart from the wonder she still feels about the orcas, she has already built a nice compartment deep in her mind for the ordeal of the storm to occupy and she will happily lock its door and throw away the key and never think about it again.
But even though that is what the emotional side of her wants to do—and is used to doing because most of the tragedies in her life had only ever had emotional components, resisting all attempts to reason or answer why such terrible things happen—there is more than heartbreak here. The night she spent in that bunker contained not only emotional damage but puzzles for her intellect. She hadn’t been able to process them at the time. She hadn’t cared about the writing on the walls or the bones she’d found or what they might mean. She was only concerned about her survival.
Now she allows herself to think of them. They gleamed, wet and blue in the stormlight. A long bone like a femur rose above the others. And two others. So three. Now with hindsight she realizes those weren’t like human femurs. They were human femurs. So that was the remains of two dead human bodies. Maahjabeen slowly shakes her head, the realization only now dawning. She’d spent the night right next to them. How disgusting. But what were they doing there? Had they been buried in there? Who were they?
Maahjabeen takes out her phone again. She scrolls through the pictures she took of the interior of the small bunker. None of the bones for some reason. She can’t remember what she was thinking when she took these shots. Probably nothing. Maybe she avoided them out of a respect for the dead. She’s always been a bit squeamish. She probably just didn’t want to look at them.
Were they the Soviets or the Japanese who had last been there? No, that made no sense. If there had still been Japanese here when the Soviets arrived, they wouldn’t have killed them and left their corpses in the only building they possessed. So these are the last Soviets? The ones who said that the bunker was a shit hole? Just a poor pair of soldiers far from home? They died of starvation maybe and the crabs ate their flesh? She shivers again. Yes, she supposes that is the most likely explanation. How disgusting. At least they were long dead. Like forty years. The bones had been picked clean.
“I will have to tell Triquet,” Maahjabeen says aloud in English. Her internal monologue is a mix of folk Tunisian, Arabic, French, and English. But she has only spoken English aloud since leaving home last year. “They will know what it means.”
But not yet. Her poor shoulders and back still need more rest. Mandy’s strong hands had torn her to pieces last night and she feels bruised and sore, but perhaps less stiff. Maahjabeen needs to shake these injuries off so she can get back on the water soon. She wants to see the orcas again.
Ξ
What Amy misses the least are crowds. She loves her solitude. And living in Monterey had just been a steadily rising tide of newcomers now for decades. All of her favorite spots have become social media discoveries, each with their own communities and updates and blog posts. If she isn’t hiking Asilomar at dawn she might as well not bother going.
It has driven her to search farther afield for weekends of quiet contemplation. Her entire life is now about identifying where the crowds are not and going there. She adores a vacuum.
Lisica is the ultimate antidote to this modern toxin. Twenty steps outside camp she might as well be the only person on the planet. After the storm, the wind has died to a murmur and it is so quiet, apart from the distant white noise of a jet flying above their protective maritime shell. Amy has transited countless times from North America to Japan and Hong Kong. How many of them had flown her over this innocuous cloud bank down here? It had certainly never occurred to her that two months of her life would be spent under its mantle.
She pushes through the wet fronds of a wide-leafed tryphylla variant at the edge of the grove, dragging their cold lines across her bare legs. But the day remains warm and they do not chill her.
Amy stops and croons in surprise. She drops to her haunches and studies a slug. It is like the banana slugs of California but this one is smaller and pinkish instead of yellow or brown. Still as long as her middle finger, its black eyes perch atop purple stalks, and a faint network of violet lines runs along its sides. How have they not seen any slugs until now? And why is it pink?
She pushes a wide fallen leaf, brown and stiff, beneath the slug and lifts it. She should show this to Pradeep before going any further. But she has already bothered him three times this morning and she can tell he needs his own break from human contact. Ah well. She puts the leaf back down. If the slug is still there when she returns then it was meant to be. If not, she’ll find another later.
She pushes through the grove’s edge shrubs of aster and mallow, which seem to have grown more thick since the last two storms have watered the island. But the waterfall is her goal. Its tenor has changed, grown louder and deeper. Amy is eager to see how much water it is evacuating from the interior of the island.
She can’t get close to where they normally stand beside the pool. The waterfall has increased dramatically in volume, and heavy spattering drops hit the vegetation beside the pool with such force numerous branches have snapped from the onslaught.
The fall is a thundering column, tinged brown with mud. It carries bracken and long dark splinters from above. Its new arc has pulled it away from the slick black wall behind it and in these gaps Amy can spy tall and narrow openings like cathedral windows, where the rock has worn away to hidden chambers behind.
“Oh, Miriam is going to lose her mind.” Amy giggles, taking pictures that can’t seem to capture the dark entrances in the black wall. As she does so, a large portion of a shattered trunk separates itself from the waterfall above and spins through the air to land with a crash in the trees on the far shore of the pool. Amy belatedly realizes how dangerous it is here. But before she retreats she takes one last picture of the transformed scene.
The pool itself foams and swirls, unrecognizable. Amy tries to conceive how she can return here with a Dyson reader and get a representative sample of this ecosystem while it is in such dramatic flux. First, she’d need some kind of shield over her head to protect her from flying debris. But even then, how could she get close enough to the waterfall to sample it before it enters the pool? Or at the exact point it enters it? Here is where Alonso’s grand vision gets rocked by reality. How will they characterize this pool when it changes so dramatically every few weeks? Ah, well. She is just a soldier in this Army. A data collector. It’s up to the smart ones to figure out what to do with it.
She retreats from the pool and follows the stream toward the lagoon. Where it normally disappears in the sand before it reaches the saltwater, it has now overtopped this subterranean tunnel and has carved a fresh channel through the beach, where it transports loads of wreckage from the island into the lagoon.
Amy spies Maahjabeen sitting in the sand halfway up the strand. She hails her. Maahjabeen turns her head, shading her eyes with a hand. Amy waves and points at the channel. “Here’s where the freshwater is pouring into the lagoon.”
Maahjabeen holds her thumb up in agreement.
“Crazy! And it’s undercutting this bank and clay is getting everywhere. Can you see that from there?”
“Yes.” Maahjabeen is not happy to have her attention pulled back from the far horizon. But she does have a favor to ask. “Amy, maybe you can help me.”
“Of course!” Amy’s first instinct is to jog over to Maahjabeen’s side to see what she may need but the scientist in her hesitates. She points at the channel once more. “I bet if we dropped down from this point to the lagoon floor we’d find the normal exit point for the stream. When it covers up with sand again and you’re better we should schedule a dive!” But Maahjabeen isn’t listening, just waiting for Amy to finish. “Oh. Sorry. What do you need?”
“I think I am ready to—”
“Amy! Amy…!” Miriam calls out from the edge of the beach. She waves at them urgently from under the trees.
“Hold on, Maahjabeen.” Amy hurries toward Miriam. “What is it, Mirrie? Everyone okay?”
“There’s openings behind the waterfall! Come see! Just as my models predicted!”
Amy starts running, eager to share this with her. “I know! I just saw them and took pictures for you! But be careful over there! I almost got brained by a falling log!”
They disappear into the greenery together.
Maahjabeen, who had raised her arms in hopes of getting Amy’s help up out her hole, has been abandoned. She hisses in pain and aggravation, her shoulders acting up again. She can’t find the leverage to get herself out of the sand. “Hello?” Maahjabeen finally sets aside her pride and calls out, realizing she is actually trapped here. “Anyone…?”
Ξ
Alonso wakes up long after everyone else. He had been sleeping and dreaming in deep comfort. He can’t remember the last time that had happened. The specifics of his last dream have already faded but he had been floating somewhere warm. In an amniotic sac, still unready to birth. But now he is awake and the fresh air against his skin is nearly unbearable. With a contented groan he scrubs his face and rolls onto his side.
“No, he’s up! It’s fine! Bring her in here!” Miriam’s voice rings in the hush like a bird call. The sound of his beloved’s voice is like a balm on Alonso’s soul. He still can’t believe he has escaped the gulag and started his life over again. Too unreal. It’s like he’s in a Borges novel jumping dimensions or something. There are literally two realities on this crazy planet. Two Alonsos.
The platform creaks. Pradeep carries Maahjabeen up the ramp and into the Love Palace like a newlywed groom with his bride. But her face is anything but pleased. She wears a silent grimace of agony. He ducks into the bedroom enclosure, grunting with effort.
“No… Take me…” Maahjabeen grates, “to my own bed. I do not need… to make a mess of—”
Miriam calls out, “Maahjabeen. Please. Mandy needs more room to work on you and you’re not going to find a more comfortable spot here than the nest of a fifty year old woman.”
Maahjabeen rolls her eyes on a stiff neck toward Alonso. “I am sorry… to disturb you. Ah!” She gasps as Pradeep gently lowers her to Miriam’s tousled blankets. Amy darts in and straightens them as Maahjabeen lies in a locked arch on her back, bent forward, legs in the air, shoulders frozen.
“Oh no.” Alonso sits up. “What happened to you?”
“We left her out there,” Esquibel calls out as she hurries from the bunker carrying supplies, “too long. The cold sand and everything. Here. Pedialyte. That is what you need first.”
“Ohh… it’s my fault,” Mandy hurries up the ramp rolling up her sleeves. “I got distracted by my work. Sorry, Maahjabeen! Now you need heat more than anything! Lots of heat!”
Amy drapes a blanket over Maahjabeen’s cramped form. “No no. I was the one who saw her last. And I just left her there. Oh, sorry!” The weight of the blanket on Maahjabeen’s locked arms makes her gasp. Amy gently pulls the blanket off and starts tucking it gently in around her torso where she can. The poor woman’s elbows are at angles to her head. Her back is locked as if she still sits in the sand. She looks like some kind of twisted crab.
Maahjabeen is panting, little ah, ah, ah gasps that match her racing heartbeat.
Mandy kneels beside her, placing calm hands on her right shoulder. “The best thing you can do right now is breathe.”
“I am breathing.” Maahjabeen blows air out her pursed lips like she’s in labor. “Are you deaf? Can’t you hear me breathe?”
“No, deep breaths. I mean, when you can. Your diaphragm is totally contracted. You’re holding on to the pain.”
“Oh, again it is my fault. Ah! What does that even mean?”
“Like this.” Mandy sits back, posture perfect, and takes a deep breath. “They had a yoga class in my high school growing up on the Big Island. I didn’t even know that was weird until I moved to the mainland. What you need to do is try to control your breath. Right now it controls you. So reach down to your toes—”
“Don’t give me this hippie nonsense! Doctor Daine! Help me!What does a medical doctor say about my—ah! My pain?”
Esquibel kneels at Maahjabeen’s feet. “Well, if you feel Mandy’s mechanical manipulations will be too much right now I can give you a muscle relaxant. Perhaps intramuscular if you want it fast.”
“Fast, yes. Fast would be good. And something for the pain.”
Esquibel shakes her head no. “No no. Not with Lorazepam. Not if we want your heart to keep beating. At least the opiates I have with me here. I’ll check in my bins if I have anything that won’t be contraindicated. But I don’t think so.”
Maahjabeen groans, stabbed by a dozen knives. “Of course not.”
Mandy still sits in her yoga pose holding Maahjabeen’s shoulder. Her patient still fights to breathe properly, the corners of her mouth pulled wide.
Esquibel pulls down the waistband of Maahjabeen’s black tights to reveal a patch of golden-brown hip. She wipes it with an alcohol pad and places the tip of the syringe on the site. “Okay. Ready? A little pinch.”
It is probably as much a placebo effect as a biochemical reaction, Esquibel estimates, but Maahjabeen instantly drops her arms a fraction of their height and her breath steadies a bit. Within a few moments she is able to lower her head onto the pillows and release her neck. Her back begins to bend. She shivers.
“More blankets!” Amy leans in, covering Maahjabeen with Miriam’s sleeping bag. She tenderly tucks the thick black curls back under the headscarf framing the young woman’s face.
Now Mandy starts to gently move her hands on Maahjabeen’s shoulder and she sighs, settling back, easing into the bed. Her eyelids flutter and then close. But her breath keeps catching, and even though progress is slow, the women tending her are patient.
Alonso watches it all, on his side. At first their urgency had upset him and Maahjabeen’s pain had only reminded him of his own. But the ministrations of the others have soothed him as much as Maahjabeen. This here is the ultimate remedy to the visions of torture that still dance in his head. Nothing could be more opposite than these gentle and kind women setting aside their own days to provide comfort to one of their own.
Here is another balm for his soul.
Chapter 9 – More Useful
February 26, 2024
Thanks for joining us on our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this chapter:
9 – More Useful
The storm rages for three days. The ten of them remain trapped in the bunker for the duration. It is a grim marathon, punctuated by incoherent breakdowns from Alonso, Pradeep, Flavia, then nearly everyone else. The claustrophobia nearly does Amy in, and she finds herself weeping in Triquet’s arms one night for hours.
For Jay it’s the unrelenting ferocity of the storm. As a California boy his experience with storms is spotty. He’s definitely been out in some ragers, and he’s quite aware of the infinite power of the Pacific Ocean, but this is an assault. Like this is an unrelenting hammer and anvil where physics beats biology every time. It feels like the island will get torn up by the roots and carried away. He didn’t know that storms could be so insane.
Miriam feels like she is sinking in a leaky lifeboat and she only has her cupped hands to bail. Alonso is offline. When he isn’t babbling about AK-47s and gopniks he is asleep. Any decisions that need to be made are now hers to make. At one point, during her darkest hour, Miriam approaches Amy and asks if she knows of any emergency beacon or transmitter that Alonso had privately revealed to her. Because it’s time to hit it. Call in the Marines. But of course Amy knows nothing. Miriam asks Esquibel the same thing, but she only crosses her arms and presses her mouth into a line. “No. Devices would be useless anyway. Like any signal could penetrate these clouds.”
Esquibel is most concerned with Mandy. She has lost all reason. The Doctor sets up a nice cot for her in the clean room, where she attends her nearly the entire three days, sleeping at her side, making sure she feeds herself, and when Mandy tries once again to run out into the storm, forcibly holding her down and demanding her permission to sedate her. After an hour of shouting at each other she finally gets through and the girl meekly lies down and lets Esquibel give her two Benadryl and a Valium. She is asleep soon.
Triquet keeps the endurance racer’s mindset from the beginning. They are the only one who does not collapse. There had been a point at the beginning of their career, crouched in a Guatemalan pit toilet with the dysentery shits as rebel gunfire suddenly echoed through the jungle and killed their guide Topo, when they realized archaeology would some day kill them. The sudden clarity of that epiphany has never left them, and they are at peace with their destiny. They certainly hope it will be later—much later—rather than sooner, but this big old bad world has it out for everybody, and this tremendous storm is just the latest threat to their existence. Poor Maahjabeen. Triquet only hopes she didn’t suffer too much before departing to her Islamic afterlife.
On the morning of the third day the wind finally eases. Mandy is up an hour before dawn, lacing her boots. Esquibel opens her eyes and only watches, weary and heavy-limbed. “Mandy, no… You should wait for light.”
“I have to see.”
“You can’t see. There’s no light.”
“Well I can’t stay here. Not for another moment.” Mandy pulls on her blue storm shell and zips it to her chin. Esquibel is already up and lacing her boots as well. Mandy holds up a hand. “Oh, you don’t have to join—”
“Save it.” Esquibel lifts a portable work light. Its beam function should be sufficient. She grabs her coat as they head for the door of the bunker.
Outside is a ruin. They had brought nearly everything they could inside before things got too bad but the parachute they’d left hung in the trees is now just thin torn strips. The platforms are piles of scattered sticks. A multitude of thick branches have fallen across their path, making navigation to the beach nearly impossible. One of the giant redwoods has fallen, the width of its trunk now four meters tall. Mandy climbs its rough bark, gentle rain still falling.
At the top of the fallen trunk the last of the storm whips her, the air heavy and wet but no longer cold. Over the southeastern sea she can see a pale stripe in the sky that promises dawn and clear skies. Good. By the time she makes her way down to the beach, there should be light enough.
Mandy is bruised, stunned by the apocalyptic days she just endured. She still can’t forgive herself for letting Maahjabeen go, but at least she is admitting to herself that if she had stayed out in the storm she would have died like fifteen different ways.
Despite the obvious risks out here, Esquibel is glad to be outside. But her relief is short-lived. Fatigue steals up on her. She is used to open-ended shifts of intense caregiving, especially during her deployments, but this has been one of her longest. She is light-headed now, nearly delirious, only keeping it together through strength of will. They will take a quick look at the beach, realize Maahjabeen is still gone and how impossible her survival is, then go back to the cot and fall asleep in each other’s arms.
And to Mandy’s dismay, that is exactly what happens.
Ξ
Triquet is belowdecks with Katrina, stringing a line of work lights into the new chambers they’ve discovered. This room is narrow, lined with impossibly cramped bunks for the engine crew. An old odor of pipe tobacco and mildew still somehow lingers. As Katrina dresses the cable along the floor she finds an ammunition box under the furthest bunk.
“Uh, hold up, Triq. We got ourselves a live one here.”
Triquet squeals. Today they wear a galibayah—a striped cotton Egyptian shift, and black knit skullcap under their helmet, in a more somber vein. They just haven’t felt it is appropriate to wear fashion and makeup since the loss of Maahjabeen. They hitch the long skirt up and crouch beside Katrina to stare at the olive green container. “Ammo box. They usually don’t have ammo, though. Waterproof and bombproof. A lot of soldiers kept their valuables in them back then.”
“But what if it is ammunition?”
Triquet frowns. “Yeah… that could be a problem. Explosives can decay and become unstable. I mean, it’s a small chance, but… You’re right, you should probably back away.”
Katrina does so. “What are you gonna do?”
“Uhh. I know. There’s that sink back in the tip. That big enamel monster in the corner. Help me get it.”
They retreat two rooms to the chamber under the control room, where even the largest pieces have now been arranged and placed in rows. They lift the heavy sink and bring it back through the two hatches to rest it on the deck right in front of the ammo box.
“Now I’m just going to…” Triquet unlaces a boot and ties the cord to the handle of the ammo box. Then they tilt the sink at an angle, resting its top edge against the bunk. “Step back again. I’ll drag it until we get it under the sink. Then we drop the sink on it. Blast shield, right?”
“Right.” Katrina withdraws to the hatch as Triquet gently draws the ammo box across the deck toward the sink, which waits like the traps Elmer Fudd used to leave for Bugs Bunny. Thank god for Triquet. When everyone else fell the fuck apart, good old Triquet came through, organizing breakfast and clearing the area around the bunker of storm wreckage before asking for a volunteer to accompany them down here. Katrina has felt so hopeless, watching all these others battle their demons through the dark days and nights. But for her, it’s just more of how she has felt taking care of her brother Pavel. He’d always been ravaged by dark thoughts, even as a child, but now after a year in the gulag he is worse than ever. He’s drawn himself into such a subterranean place that he has gone inert. Katrina can only hope that healing is happening in there. That he is not becoming stuck forever in his dark place.
But now she has seen that phenomenon writ large. A good half dozen people nearly lost their minds in the bunker over the last few days. It was the worst camp-out she’d ever attended, lol. LMAO. ROFL. The acronyms are as heavy as stones in her mind. Yes… losing Maahjabeen has taken even Katrina’s humor away.
“And… so far so good.” Triquet crouches beside the sink. “Help me drop it now.” They gently shift the sink so that it covers the box, resting it upside-down on the deck. Then Triquet stands on a nearby bunk and shoos Katrina back to the hatch. “Ready?”
Katrina nods, not knowing what they are about to do.
Triquet yanks on the boot lace, still tied to the ammo box handle. With each yank, they knock it against the interior of the sink, again and again.
Katrina squints in anticipation, her fingers in her ears.
After a few moments of this, Triquet stops. “See? What I figured. Probably personal possessions. Juicy ones I hope.”
They lift the sink away and Triquet puts a white workcloth in their lap with the ammo box on top. They turn on the headlamp and camera on their helmet. The latch on the ammo box is rusted and needs to be forced, but with a clack it finally releases and the lid creaks open.
Triquet peers within. “Oo, look,” they fish out a foil-wrapped oblong. “Wrigley’s spearmint. You like gum?” They set it aside and draw out a stack of papers. “This is bizarre. I mean, What I don’t understand is how someone could just forget their personal effects. Here. Look. What kind of emergency bugout had to happen…” The stack of papers contains a passport. “See? They even forgot their passport. How could—?” Triquet opens the passport and glances at its contents. Their face goes sober. “Ah. Aha. Well then. That’s how.”
“What? What is it?” Katrina leans forward.
The passport contains a black and white photo of a middle-aged woman with a narrow face and dark lipstick, a 1950s hairstyle forcing her blonde curls into strange shapes. Her name is MAUREEN CATHERINE DOWERD.
“M.C. Dowerd is the gravestone in the trees. She didn’t forget her valuables, Katrina. I guess after she died, everyone else did.”
Ξ
Alonso sits in his camp chair behind the trap door in the corner, out of everyone’s way. His anguish sizzles in him like oil on a pan. He can’t seem to get past it. There is nothing but this pain. He has always suffered it and he will always suffer it and everything else is an abstraction, a comfortable luxury that he can ill afford. The words ring hollow in his head, shorn of meaning: Miriam. Plexity. Lisica. Remember when they were important? They had been the pillars of his sanity. He supposes that is gone now. His sanity has been swept away in that storm along with that poor Tunisian girl. Yet another burden he will carry forever. He will have to contact her family and promise restitution, debase himself with apologies.
Hot tears run down his cheeks again. He has always been weepy for sure, all that opera and those Cuban boleros growing up. They just open your heart. But now his eyes leak like his heart bleeds. He is fracturing, disassembling from grief. And all these people here, gathered from the four corners of the globe at his request, are all waiting on him.
And he can’t do a thing for them.
His hands rest on the cane, massaging its handle. His ruined feet curl under him, in an awkward position that hurts the least. They had broken him in pieces like Humpty Dumpty. And all the king’s horses, and all the king’s men, couldn’t put Humpty together again. He has been atomized. Like the opposite of Plexity. They’ve beaten him into isolated bits and all the connective tissue is gone.
That poor child Mandy rouses again, crying out in the clean room. Here is yet another casualty laid at Alonso’s door. How many years of therapy will she require after the last few days? Oh, dios mio… He is ill from the wash of guilt sweeping through him, so he sighs raggedly and closes his eyes. It is all too unbearable.
Mandy breaks free of Esquibel’s embrace and slips through the clean room exit. Alonso opens his eyes to glimpse her bruised eyes and pallid cheeks. Poor dear thing. Ruined.
He has to think of something—anything—that he can contribute to this community he has created. His big Cuban family. If he only had a barbecue he could make them all some Mojo Criollo. But he has none of the meats or spices, not to mention the tools and a barbecue itself, as well as the strength to stand for more than a few seconds at a time. No. Useless. All he can do now is stay out of the way. Make sure that they don’t need to spend their few resources taking care of him. Shrink into yourself, Alonso. It is his only course.
Ξ
The sky is still gray, with dark streamers dropping sheets of rain from time to time. Mandy strides past Amy and Pradeep collecting all the wreckage from the platforms. She climbs the redwood trunk and navigates a fallen bay tree, its aromatic leaves all around her. Then she descends to the shore, filled with piles of sea grass and dead crustaceans. The gulls and other birds are pecking at the harvest, unconcerned by the human in their midst. A single dead sea lion lies rolled on its side, a giant red gash in its black tail.
Mandy reaches the edge of the beach as a fresh shower douses her. The lagoon is still dark. The open ocean has settled into bands of blue, the waves coming in orderly rows. She stands and watches them, vowing not to leave.
The clouds sail across the southern sky and it breaks open. Flavia locates Mandy on the shore hours later. She stands on the redwood trunk behind her, admiring the strands of Mandy’s long hair and scarves flapping in the wind like Cordelia, waiting for her life to begin again.
“Ai, Mandy is here!” Flavia calls out to the others who have come looking with her. Amy has been distracted by the bounties of the fallen redwood and Triquet has decided to try to skirt the fallen behemoth, back toward the grove and around its uprooted base.
The lagoon is settling now. Such a beautiful view, like some of Flavia’s favorite spots on the Ligurian coast. But those are warm enough to swim in and this, no. Never. Ah, look! Flavia is surprised to see curved black dorsal fins running in a line of three behind the line of surf. Are they sharks? They must be the biggest sharks in the whole world! Amy should see them. One rolls onto its side, lifting a pectoral fin, and flashes its black and white patches. Oh! It is one of those killer whales! Like in the movies! “Amy! Amy, come! You have to see! I think it’s killer whales!”
Amy pops up, giving Flavia a little moue of excitement.
Flavia turns back to them. “At first I thought they were sharks but then one showed me his…” Flavia falls silent.
Amy clambers up the side of the redwood trunk, its corrugated bark providing easy hand and foot holds. “Showed you his what?” But Flavia has an indescribable look on her face.
Amy follows her gaze. There, out on the water, three dorsal fins cut behind the surf. And following them is a yellow kayak.
“Ahh!” Amy gasps, flinging her arm out. “Maahjabeen!” She screams in wild joy and clambers from the trunk. Amy fights her way through the fallen bay tree, Flavia finally rousing herself and falling in beside her. They reach Mandy before she has seen from her lower vantage point. Flavia wraps her in her arms, babbling incoherently, and finally Amy turns them to the sea as Maahjabeen surfs through the rollers and carves her way through the lagoon mouth, her arms stiff and her posture wrong. But once she reaches the safety of the still water she turns her boat and lifts her paddle to the sky, calling out to the three orcas who remained behind. “Netcharfou! Yaishek!”
After they depart, she turns back to the shore. She is so depleted she can only move robotically, favoring one side. Mandy is on her knees, crying out to her. The kayak skids to a halt in the sand.
Maahjabeen can’t get herself out. Flavia and Amy try to lift her but she has no strength left. “Okay,” Amy realizes. “Nice and slow. Step by step. Get your legs under you.”
“I can’t—” Maahjabeen’s unused voice halts. She shakes her head no. “I can’t feel my legs.”
“Are they… are you injured?”
Maahjabeen shakes her head no. But she holds up four fingers. “Four times. Four times I tried to get back. Whenever it looked like there would be a gap in the storm.”
“But where were you?” Flavia unzips Maahjabeen’s wind shell, stiff with salt, and wraps her warmer coat around her. “Come on. Just hold on to my neck and we’ll get you out.”
“Four times.” Maahjabeen shakes her head in dismay, unable to communicate in those two words how many hours of terror in the dark on the water that meant. How many times she had believed herself lost. How the cold had been like knives one abysmal night when she was stranded on a seastack. There are no words to describe what she has gone through. But she needs to tell them the most important parts. Before she passes out. “There is a beach. Another one.”
“Another beach!” Amy crows. “Amazing! You are such a hero. So you sheltered there? ”
“Well. Mostly. I—I dug a hole in the sand and turned my kayak over and I was in there for almost two days. But then after I tried to paddle back I nearly died and spent a whole night out on the water. When I got back to the beach the second time I discovered this.” Her shaking hand holds up her phone, displaying a picture.
It is a shadowed image of another concrete bunker.
“I was able to spend the last night in there.”
Triquet arrives in a rush just as Maahjabeen shares this. They shower her return with squeals of joy and delight. Then they give the revealed image the same delirious reaction. “Magnificent! Look at all that trash! Oh, I can spend the rest of my life on this island!”
They all laugh, and with Triquet’s help they’re able to pull Maahjabeen from her kayak. She groans in pain, trembling. Something isn’t right with her back. After bracing the fiberglass shell against the wind that tore at her for two days, something has locked up in her spine. And her shoulders aren’t properly working anymore either after the night on the seastack.
“Let’s get you back inside and cleaned up.” Amy holds her up with a strong arm around her waist. “Can you walk?”
“I don’t know.” Maahjabeen stumbles. Their progress across the beach is slow and awkward. They can’t drape her arms over their shoulders because of the pain.
Triquet makes a face. “Maybe we carry her. Make a travois.”
“No. I’ll be fine. I can make it. Oh!” Maahjabeen blinks at the wreckage on the beach. “Look what happened here!”
Triquet leads the others around the base of the fallen redwood through the grove. “But wait,” Maahjabeen says, pulling on them to stop, her voice a bit querulous. “The last important part.” She sways among the upthrust roots of the fallen giant.
“Yes?” Flavia prompts her.
“The orcas. They brought me back when it was safe. They knew. They knew everything. I’d have never survived without…”
Maahjabeen swoons and Triquet catches her before she falls.
Ξ
In his downtime, Jay reads fantasy novels on his phone. He has an entire library, from old classics to new fanfic. He likes exploration stories best, where a hero adventures alone or with a small band into lands that no human has seen, and they encounter strange new life forms and magic and always—always—a dark secret that only the hero can truly deal with. The formula comforts him, and the fanciful descriptions of different worlds have only become more preposterous the more he learns of field biology in the real world.
Now, he’s having trouble getting into the next story. There’s a blue elf on the edge of a magical forest, gripping his spear and singing about seventeen verses of a song before he’s about to enter. But now that Jay has actually done it in real life—gone alone into the magical forest of an untamed land—he finds that the author has no idea what the hell they’re talking about. Who the fuck is singing songs? Where’s the anxiety, the careful re-checking of gear, the exhaustion you have to shake off after all the hoops you jumped through just to get to the edge of the forest to begin with? This pap is just written by some kid in the suburbs who has never journeyed farther than the local grocery store and whose only idea of nature is an interpretive trail at a state park.
Jay puts his phone down. For one of the first times ever, the spell can’t be sustained. He realizes it’s because he no longer has any need for the escapism. He did it. He’s already in the magical forest on the old haunted island. And it came with bumps and bruises—pretty much all self-inflicted, sure—but he doesn’t need to read about a fictional fantasy when he’s actually living it on the daily.
Maybe he’ll start writing. It’s never been his strong suit. He was diagnosed dyslexic once as a kid and then not dyslexic by like six other specialists but reading and writing still came late to him, only after the characters had stopped wandering all over the page and finally settled down. But the idea of a short story is imposing. That’s a lot of text, and he’s already deep in his field notes each day for hours.
Maybe poetry. Jay grins. He likes that idea. There’s magic here in this world. Maybe he can figure out ways to capture it in verse. “I mean, I’m no Kendrick Lamar but I can spit some mean bars.”
Someone is moving outside the small cell Jay inhabits. This had been Amy’s four walls of woven reeds until he’d hurt himself and she had taken to sleeping like a cat in the corners. He has to make sure she gets it back as soon as possible. His words stop whoever it is passing by. A slow-moving bulk fills his door. It is Alonso.
He blinks at Jay, his watery eyes swimming up from the depths. “I remember, Jay. I remember what I forgot when I split my head. Who I saw. You will never believe this but there is a—”
Miriam, working on her laptop near the bunker’s door, cries out in an excess of emotion, drowning out Alonso. He falls silent as she rushes the door.
Maahjabeen enters, held up by four others. Frail and tottering, but it is really her. Alonso gasps. He cannot believe his eyes. Nearly collapsing, he leans on his cane as a long groan escapes him.
“What is it?” Jay can’t see what they see. He is filled with alarm. Miriam sounds like she saw a ghost. “What, Alonso?”
But Alonso doesn’t even hear Jay. He waddles forward, pain and guilt forgotten for one sweet moment of relief so sharp he cannot contain it. He bellows, releasing the grief.
“Oh my god.” Esquibel exits the clean room and sees them. “Oh my god. Oh my god.” She rushes back into the clean room then rushes right back out again, holding a random piece of medical gear. She can’t get over her shock. “No, bring her in. Bring her in.” Esquibel shakes her head in wonder at the miracle. No, she has never been religious. But it is a miracle nevertheless. The odds of Maahjabeen surviving the last three days must be infinitesimal. Well, that is the miracle. The beating of impossible odds with human ingenuity and endurance.
They lay Maahjabeen down gently in the cot Mandy had used. Then Esquibel shoos the lot of them out, dismayed by the amount of dirt and sand they’ve tracked in. “Now I’ll have to sanitize everything again.”
Esquibel assesses her patient as she gathers her things for an exam. Maahjabeen has definitely suffered from exposure. She watches the doctor with glittering eyes but doesn’t speak.
Esquibel hands Maahjabeen water but the woman shakes her head no. “Water is the only thing… I had.”
“Food?”
“Ran out two days ago.”
Esquibel laughs, passing a hand over Maahjabeen’s forehead and slipping a thermometer into her mouth. “You sure are a tough girl, aren’t you? No simple storm was going to take you out.”
“God… was not willing.”
It’s the closest thing to a joke Maahjabeen has told and Esquibel laughs in appreciation. “First we will start with some of Amy’s tea and broth. You need electrolytes more than anything. I can give it as a shot if you…” But Maahjabeen has passed out. “Yes. Let’s do that then. And maybe a glucose drip. Let’s just put together a nice little cocktail here…”
When Esquibel inserts the IV, Maahjabeen doesn’t even flinch.
Ξ
Alonso once again sits in his camp chair under the trees. The wreckage has been cleared into piles that ring their camp. Pradeep and Katrina are busy rebuilding the platforms with all the new material the storm provided. They are getting ambitious with their ideas. Does he hear something about a deck and walkways? Those crazy kids. Where do they get all this energy?
Miriam approaches, folding her reading glasses into their case and closing her laptop. He sees her face transform from the cogitating academic to the suffering wife as she steps toward him and he resolves to keep himself from further ruining her mood. He is so tired of his self-pity. “Eh, Mirrie. What are you working on?”
She looks at him blankly, as if he spoke a language she doesn’t know. But no. That really was Alonso, speaking like a man again. Keeping her face carefully neutral, so as not to upset whatever delicate balance has led to this fine moment, Miriam says, “New rock and soil samples everywhere after the storm. I’ve got these feldspar flakes. Pattern-matching their crystallography against a database. You?”
He lifts a careless hand. “Haven’t you heard? I’m revolutionizing data science!”
They both share a soft laugh. She puts a hand on his shoulder. It’s Maahjabeen’s return. It has lightened all their hearts. Lisica is no longer a tragedy limping along as a failed science expedition. The tragedy has been reversed and it’s a science expedition again and they haven’t lost a soul. In fact, in the case of Alonso, they might actually regain one.
She asks, “How many beaches are there here, do you imagine?”
“Who knows? The map they showed me only had this one, I think. All of our focus was here. They said cliffs surrounded the island everywhere else so I assumed that meant this was it.”
Miriam thrills to hear his rational thought process again. During the storm she was afraid he’d collapsed into some alternate insanity that he would never escape. Now it looks like Alonso might heal, even from this. Oh, when will the suffering ever end?
He can see the attenuation in her face, her emotional reserves taxed more deeply than any time since her brother’s suicide. That had been their last dark time. It had seemed to last an eternity before she’d found the strength to go on. Now he couldn’t be responsible for adding any more pain to her life. He must be strong for her. The words Miriam and Plexity and Lisica have regained their meaning again, now that Maahjabeen has returned. He might even be able to accomplish some actual work today.
She sees all this play out on his face and Miriam’s heart uncoils a bit more. Can it truly be? She squeezes his hand. Is he back for good? Will she actually be able to focus on geology again? Their best vacations were always work trips for her, where he would stay back and cook for her and massage her shoulders when she was done. She misses his strong hands.
“Can we get into the interior, Zo? You don’t have to tell me details. Just a simple yes or no.”
He holds up a hand in a shrug. “Maybe at the end. They might bring a helicopter back.”
“And until then? I’m just here on the beach? You’re wasting prime Doctor Truitt field time, dear. I could be much more useful elsewhere. Not that I don’t need a vacation. But anyway, let me tell you what I really have in mind next: prospecting for caves. I’d bet if I dig into the limestone shelf behind the waterfall I’d find all kinds of fascinating things.”
But his mind is working now, she can see that. Alonso pats his pockets and frowns. “Could you bring me my laptop, Mirrie dear? And the brick?”
“And the battery and your glasses and a cup of tea. Coming right up.” She had been about to offer him a glass of wine and now she is so glad she did not. There will be more time for celebration later. Now, it is time to work.
Ξ
The celebration finally begins in the afternoon. Amy and Miriam erect the Love Palace on the larger platform that Pradeep is trying to extend in a long walkway to the bunker. Katrina has left him to it so she can set up her sound system again. The cascading strings of a Northern African pop song begin her set.
Maahjabeen, lying on a cot under the sky, lifts her wobbly head in surprise. “Eh. That’s Amani Al Souwasi. I love this song!”
Katrina squeals. “Oh, good! I looked and looked through my tracks. So glad I had a Tunisian. Her voice is amazing.”
Maahjabeen settles again with a smile on her face. She had been haunted those three unending days of the storm with visions of the others rejecting her, with good reason. She’d endangered them all by going out so recklessly onto the open water. Maahjabeen had jeopardized the entire mission. She expected when she returned that they would scream at her and cancel her contract. But there is none of that. No recriminations anywhere. Only Mandy, and her reproach is just for herself. It will be up to Maahjabeen to hold herself accountable here. Well. She definitely has enough self-criticism for that.
Flavia sits beside her with a lopsided smile, holding a tray of food. “Ready for dinner?”
“Starving. Eh.” It still hurts to talk. Her throat is so raw. Too much screaming and crying. “Glucose doesn’t really fill you up.”
“This is mostly broth with just a few noodles and veg. Here. We will start slow.” Flavia feeds her like a baby, tucking a napkin under her chin.
The salty broth tastes so good. Flavia dabs her chin and feeds her another spoonful.
Maahjabeen hates being helpless, hates being waited on. But still it is so nice to find that they care. Flavia cares. Nobody has fed her like this since she broke her collarbone in school and her mother had tended her and given her sponge baths.
Ah! She can’t think of her mother in this state. She is too raw. A sudden sob escapes her, making a mess of the broth. Flavia pulls back, startled and concerned.
“Oh, no. Too fast?” Flavia sets the bowl down and cleans the hot liquid from Maahjabeen’s neck and shoulders.
“No… You just… You made me think of my mom. Feeding me like a baby.”
“Ah. Yes, your mama.” Flavia sighs and shakes her head in pity. “This has not been your year.”
Maahjabeen doesn’t know how to respond to that. Actually, her career has really taken off since she has cast herself free. She has seen more of the world in the last twelve months than nearly the whole rest of her life combined. And opportunities like Lisica would not come too often, she knows. But inside? In the moments before she goes to sleep? Yes. Hot coals. And such isolation. She feels like the only person in the whole world.
Flavia uses a fresh napkin to wipe Maahjabeen’s cheeks free of tears. “There, there. Povero caro.” Now that the fierce Tunisian woman has taken herself to the edge of death, her proud shell has cracked. Flavia likes her a lot more now. “Your mama. Did she come to you? During the storm? In the darkness?”
Maahjabeen only shakes her head no. Nobody came. The nights were spent alone in a breathless suspension of anxiety and discomfort. None of her ancestors ever visited. Only the orcas.
Katrina mixes a classical piece in with her beloved Amani. Perhaps Haydn? It actually sounds good. Even the kick drum. Flavia nods her head in time to the beat. “Eh, our little Bubblegum DJ is pretty sharp. Her music makes me want to dance.”
But first she will finish feeding Maahjabeen. She was sure her mother would have visited. Even an imaginary visit, with all those hours and nothing to think about. Flavia can’t comprehend what Maahjabeen just went through. “I swear, I would have lasted about ten seconds in that storm. I do not know how you did it.”
“At one point my arms failed. My shoulders just wouldn’t work and I tried to lift the paddle but I couldn’t. And a current took me. It was going to smash me against the rocks and there was nothing I could do. Then the orcas appeared. They steered me right out of there back to the open ocean. They saved me, Flavia.”
“That is incredible.”
“And they led me home this morning. They told me when it was time and which way to go. God came to me through them.”
“Incredible.”
Ξ
It has taken all day for Pradeep to adjust to this new storm-tossed reality. And his mental state is still not entirely what it should be. A refrain has been echoing in his head since losing his sanity in front of everyone on more than one occasion. Not good enough not strong enough not tough enough – I don’t belong here… Over and over in an unending cycle. He can hardly look anyone in the eyes now.
But he is grateful for Katrina’s kindness, giving him a task to retreat into, and the effort he puts into rebuilding the platforms bigger and better than before is fueled by his quivering antisocial need to retreat deeply into himself. That is how he will heal.
Amy finds him near the end, when he is building his own platform. He gets a larger deck than he expected because of all the leftover wood. Without asking, Amy organizes the final pile and hands him each branch as he needs it. The work goes quickly.
At the end, he ties off the last joint with twine and stands, his back sore and shoulders burning. He dusts himself off and finds Amy still looking wordlessly at him, but letting him know with one of her irrepressible smiles that she has something for him.
Pradeep sighs. She is still his boss. This is still a job, even though his stipend is pitiful, not even four thousand dollars. He nods, trying to muster a competent air, and follows her out to the beach.
They walk alongside the trunk of the massive fallen redwood in silence. The deep corrugations of its bark—as seen with eye-along trunk, stretching away to the flaring root base—is a deep pattern, mathematics beyond what he can easily conceptualize. But it is still mathematics. The growth of this tremendous organism was as much a mechanical process as a biological one.
Finally Amy brings him to the base. It is truly a massive tree. Its trunk is over five meters in diameter here and the roots that were torn from the ground spread skyward now a good ten meters above his head. They skirt the wreckage, pushing themselves through the ceanothus and ferns. Huge shards of bright orange and red wood litter the area, as if the tree exploded. The underside is cavernous.
Pradeep exhales in wonder. “Oooooo.”
Amy laughs, the silence finally broken. “I knew you’d like it.”
When the tree had fallen, the peripheral roots had snapped and then the central root system had failed. The gust that had taken this tree down must have been immense. Pradeep touches the twisted roots, hard as iron. “This is another sign of anthropogenic global warming. We see no other trees of this size on this beach. And it wasn’t diseased. Therefore the storm that brought it down is measurably more intense than the ones that came before, or we would otherwise have a beach littered with the trees that had fallen in previous storms, quod erat demonstrandum.”
Amy smiles, relieved to have him talking again. These unearthed treasures should keep him busy a good long time. There appears to be an abandoned bobcat den on the periphery of the root system, with piles of bones and scat. Cavities in the rock and soil that have been unearthed are thick with the silk of spider eggs and floor-dwelling arthropods of many varieties. A whole writhing mass of larvae under a fallen sheet of bark still strive to develop.
And then there’s the interactions between soil and root and mycorrhizal fungi, which was always of particular interest to Pradeep. Here, Alonso’s Dyson readers would be invaluable.
“We passed this when we were carrying Maahjabeen back and I thought my god but I didn’t have time to stop. I knew this would be your happiest place. But I myself can’t wait to get a look at the crown. I think it’s accessible. Are you coming?”
Pradeep looks up at Amy, lost already in this miniature world of minerals and microbiology and artifacts. Tree forensics. They have called it that before. While walking in the woods they would stop when they saw fallen trees, discussing how they fell and what caused the initial failure. In crowded conditions it can take a long time to untangle which tree fell first and why. “Eh? Coming? No. But look, Amy. It wasn’t just the wind that knocked it over.”
He points at the exact underside of the tree’s heartwood. It is seared black in a wide jagged crescent. A similar scar in the remaining underground bole is visible under the fallen earth.
“Is that from lightning? Ye gods.” Amy reorders what she sees in her head. Those burst roots aren’t from being forced apart by the wind. Now she can pick out the black edges of certain shards. This trunk was blown out. A bolt with horrific power must have hit it somewhere up its length and shot through all the way into the ground. It must have gone off like a bomb. There were certainly explosions aplenty during the storm. This must have been one of them. “I wonder, is the poor bole dead too? Is this how you kill a redwood? Can its heart survive such a massive lightning strike?”
“How would we even be able to tell?”
“Well, anyway, so much for your climate change proof. This wasn’t necessarily a stronger storm. Unless the degree to which a storm is electrical is modified by anthropogenic factors. Which would be pretty amazing. Is there any data on that?”
“I have no idea. Maybe we can ask Mandy. But what about the surrounding ecology?” Pradeep ranges past the edges of the pit, where whole stands of ferns and buckthorn are crushed by the raw wood fragments. What about the small rodents who lived beneath? The crabs? The insects? “You know… I am not sure if this is what Plexity is really for. I get the sense we are supposed to be trying to measure the island as an entity that is in homeostasis. But this is such a new and dramatic reordering of the local context that, I don’t know, doesn’t it skew everything out of balance? Too much emphasis in favor of one recent dramatic event instead of the thousand years that this tree stood? How do we place correct value on each frame of reference? I suppose that is really a question for Flavia and Katrina…”
“Aw, now I worry that the crown might be blasted clean away. You’re okay here? If I leave you alone?”
Pradeep has trouble meeting Amy’s eyes. But he knows she deserves some recognition of his issue. It is certainly affecting his performance. “Yes. These are the things I study. Nothing is more familiar and comforting to me. Thank you, Doctor Kubota. I have not always had such understanding teachers and bosses in my life. My weakness was always something I had to hide.”
Amy grimaces. “No. Not weakness, Pradeep. Don’t think of it like that. You aren’t weak, by any measure. Right? You must see that. You have, I mean, you’re so competent in so many ways. Some of what you do is like superhero capability.”
“But I still can’t travel to Tucson without a panic attack.”
“Who can? No, but seriously. Ask yourself. Go back in time to yourself as, what, like a nine or ten year old kid? Tell him where you are now and what you’re doing, out here in the wide open world with some of the brightest minds of our time. Tell him he made it! He didn’t remain a prisoner to his fear.”
“Well. If we’re going back that far, can we just tell my parents instead? I think it would have probably been more useful.”